src/generic/grid.cpp

   1 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
   2 // Name:        src/generic/grid.cpp
   3 // Purpose:     wxGrid and related classes
   4 // Author:      Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn)
   5 // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin, Santiago Palacios
   6 // Created:     1/08/1999
   7 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
   8 // Copyright:   (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au)
   9 // Licence:     wxWindows licence
  10 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  11
  12 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
  13 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
  14
  15 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
  16     #pragma hdrstop
  17 #endif
  18
  19 #if wxUSE_GRID
  20
  21 #include "wx/grid.h"
  22
  23 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
  24     #include "wx/utils.h"
  25     #include "wx/dcclient.h"
  26     #include "wx/settings.h"
  27     #include "wx/log.h"
  28     #include "wx/textctrl.h"
  29     #include "wx/checkbox.h"
  30     #include "wx/combobox.h"
  31     #include "wx/valtext.h"
  32     #include "wx/intl.h"
  33     #include "wx/math.h"
  34     #include "wx/listbox.h"
  35 #endif
  36
  37 #include "wx/textfile.h"
  38 #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
  39 #include "wx/tokenzr.h"
  40 #include "wx/renderer.h"
  41
  42 #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h"
  43
  44 const wxChar wxGridNameStr[] = wxT("grid");
  45
  46 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
  47     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  WXUNUSED(identifier)
  48 #else
  49     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  identifier
  50 #endif
  51
  52 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
  53     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    WXUNUSED(identifier)
  54 #else
  55     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    identifier
  56 #endif
  57
  58 // Required for wxIs... functions
  59 #include <ctype.h>
  60
  61 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  62 // array classes
  63 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  64
  65 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs,
  66                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  67
  68 struct wxGridCellWithAttr
  69 {
  70     wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_)
  71         : coords(row, col), attr(attr_)
  72     {
  73     }
  74
  75     ~wxGridCellWithAttr()
  76     {
  77         attr->DecRef();
  78     }
  79
  80     wxGridCellCoords coords;
  81     wxGridCellAttr  *attr;
  82
  83 // Cannot do this:
  84 //  DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellWithAttr)
  85 // without rewriting the macros, which require a public copy constructor.
  86 };
  87
  88 WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray,
  89                               class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  90
  91 #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp"
  92
  93 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray)
  94 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray)
  95
  96 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  97 // events
  98 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  99
 100 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK)
 101 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 102 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 103 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 104 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG)
 105 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK)
 106 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 107 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 108 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 109 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE)
 110 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE)
 111 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE)
 112 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT)
 113 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE)
 114 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL)
 115 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN)
 116 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN)
 117 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED)
 118
 119 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 120 // private classes
 121 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 122
 123 // common base class for various grid subwindows
 124 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridSubwindow : public wxWindow
 125 {
 126 public:
 127     wxGridSubwindow() { m_owner = NULL; }
 128     wxGridSubwindow(wxGrid *owner,
 129                     wxWindowID id,
 130                     const wxPoint& pos,
 131                     const wxSize& size,
 132                     int additionalStyle = 0,
 133                     const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
 134         : wxWindow(owner, id, pos, size,
 135                    wxBORDER_NONE | additionalStyle,
 136                    name)
 137     {
 138         m_owner = owner;
 139     }
 140
 141     virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; }
 142
 143     wxGrid *GetOwner() { return m_owner; }
 144
 145 protected:
 146     void OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& event);
 147
 148     wxGrid *m_owner;
 149
 150     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 151     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridSubwindow)
 152 };
 153
 154 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 155 {
 156 public:
 157     wxGridRowLabelWindow() { }
 158     wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 159                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 160
 161 private:
 162     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 163     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 164     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 165
 166     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 167     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 168     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 169 };
 170
 171
 172 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 173 {
 174 public:
 175     wxGridColLabelWindow() { }
 176     wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 177                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 178
 179 private:
 180     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 181     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 182     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 183
 184     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 185     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 186     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 187 };
 188
 189
 190 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 191 {
 192 public:
 193     wxGridCornerLabelWindow() { }
 194     wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 195                              const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 196
 197 private:
 198     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 199     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 200     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 201
 202     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 203     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 204     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 205 };
 206
 207 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 208 {
 209 public:
 210     wxGridWindow()
 211     {
 212         m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
 213         m_colLabelWin = NULL;
 214     }
 215
 216     wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
 217                   wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
 218                   wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
 219                   wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 220
 221     void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect );
 222
 223     virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return true; }
 224
 225 private:
 226     wxGridRowLabelWindow     *m_rowLabelWin;
 227     wxGridColLabelWindow     *m_colLabelWin;
 228
 229     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
 230     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 231     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 232     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& );
 233     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 234     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 235     void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& );
 236     void OnFocus( wxFocusEvent& );
 237
 238     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 239     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 240     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 241 };
 242
 243
 244 class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler
 245 {
 246 public:
 247     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 248         : m_grid(grid),
 249           m_editor(editor),
 250           m_inSetFocus(false)
 251     {
 252     }
 253
 254     void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
 255     void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
 256     void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
 257
 258     void SetInSetFocus(bool inSetFocus) { m_inSetFocus = inSetFocus; }
 259
 260 private:
 261     wxGrid             *m_grid;
 262     wxGridCellEditor   *m_editor;
 263
 264     // Work around the fact that a focus kill event can be sent to
 265     // a combobox within a set focus event.
 266     bool                m_inSetFocus;
 267
 268     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 269     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 270     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 271 };
 272
 273
 274 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler)
 275
 276 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler )
 277     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus )
 278     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown )
 279     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar )
 280 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 281
 282
 283 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 284 // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider
 285 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 286
 287 // this class stores attributes set for cells
 288 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrData
 289 {
 290 public:
 291     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col);
 292     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const;
 293     void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows );
 294     void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols );
 295
 296 private:
 297     // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found
 298     int FindIndex(int row, int col) const;
 299
 300     wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs;
 301 };
 302
 303 // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns
 304 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowOrColAttrData
 305 {
 306 public:
 307     // empty ctor to suppress warnings
 308     wxGridRowOrColAttrData() {}
 309     ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData();
 310
 311     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol);
 312     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const;
 313     void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols );
 314
 315 private:
 316     wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols;
 317     wxArrayAttrs m_attrs;
 318 };
 319
 320 // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell
 321 //     attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones
 322 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrProviderData
 323 {
 324 public:
 325     wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs;
 326     wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs,
 327                            m_colAttrs;
 328 };
 329
 330
 331 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 332 // data structures used for the data type registry
 333 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 334
 335 struct wxGridDataTypeInfo
 336 {
 337     wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName,
 338                        wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 339                        wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 340         : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor)
 341         {}
 342
 343     ~wxGridDataTypeInfo()
 344     {
 345         wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer);
 346         wxSafeDecRef(m_editor);
 347     }
 348
 349     wxString            m_typeName;
 350     wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer;
 351     wxGridCellEditor*   m_editor;
 352
 353     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridDataTypeInfo)
 354 };
 355
 356
 357 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray,
 358                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 359
 360
 361 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTypeRegistry
 362 {
 363 public:
 364   wxGridTypeRegistry() {}
 365     ~wxGridTypeRegistry();
 366
 367     void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
 368                      wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 369                      wxGridCellEditor* editor);
 370
 371     // find one of already registered data types
 372     int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 373
 374     // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of
 375     // standard typenames, register it and return its index
 376     int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 377
 378     // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already
 379     // registered data types with some params in which case clone the
 380     // registered data type and set params for it
 381     int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 382
 383     wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index);
 384     wxGridCellEditor*   GetEditor(int index);
 385
 386 private:
 387     wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo;
 388 };
 389
 390
 391 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 392 // conditional compilation
 393 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 394
 395 #ifndef WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
 396 #define WXGRID_DRAW_LINES 1
 397 #endif
 398
 399 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 400 // globals
 401 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 402
 403 //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 404 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 405     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0;
 406     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0;
 407 #endif
 408
 409 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 410 // constants
 411 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 412
 413 wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 );
 414 wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
 415
 416 // scroll line size
 417 // TODO: this doesn't work at all, grid cells have different sizes and approx
 418 //       calculations don't work as because of the size mismatch scrollbars
 419 //       sometimes fail to be shown when they should be or vice versa
 420 //
 421 //       The scroll bars may be a little flakey once in a while, but that is
 422 //       surely much less horrible than having scroll lines of only 1!!!
 423 //       -- Robin
 424 //
 425 //       Well, it's still seriously broken so it might be better but needs
 426 //       fixing anyhow
 427 //       -- Vadim
 428 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15;  // 1;
 429 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 430
 431 // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements
 432 // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns)
 433 static const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100;
 434
 435 #if 0
 436 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 437 // private functions
 438 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 439
 440 static inline int GetScrollX(int x)
 441 {
 442     return (x + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 443 }
 444
 445 static inline int GetScrollY(int y)
 446 {
 447     return (y + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
 448 }
 449 #endif
 450
 451 // ============================================================================
 452 // implementation
 453 // ============================================================================
 454
 455 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 456 // wxGridCellEditor
 457 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 458
 459 wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor()
 460 {
 461     m_control = NULL;
 462     m_attr = NULL;
 463 }
 464
 465 wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor()
 466 {
 467     Destroy();
 468 }
 469
 470 void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent),
 471                               wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id),
 472                               wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 473 {
 474     if ( evtHandler )
 475         m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler);
 476 }
 477
 478 void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
 479                                        wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 480 {
 481     // erase the background because we might not fill the cell
 482     wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent());
 483     wxGridWindow* gridWindow = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetParent(), wxGridWindow);
 484     if (gridWindow)
 485         gridWindow->GetOwner()->PrepareDC(dc);
 486
 487     dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
 488     dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID));
 489     dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell);
 490
 491     // redraw the control we just painted over
 492     m_control->Refresh();
 493 }
 494
 495 void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy()
 496 {
 497     if (m_control)
 498     {
 499         m_control->PopEventHandler( true /* delete it*/ );
 500
 501         m_control->Destroy();
 502         m_control = NULL;
 503     }
 504 }
 505
 506 void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 507 {
 508     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 509
 510     m_control->Show(show);
 511
 512     if ( show )
 513     {
 514         // set the colours/fonts if we have any
 515         if ( attr )
 516         {
 517             m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour();
 518             m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour());
 519
 520             m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour();
 521             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour());
 522
 523 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 524 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 525             m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont();
 526             m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont());
 527 #endif
 528
 529             // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other
 530             // attributes may only be used by the derived classes
 531         }
 532     }
 533     else
 534     {
 535         // restore the standard colours fonts
 536         if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() )
 537         {
 538             m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld);
 539             m_colFgOld = wxNullColour;
 540         }
 541
 542         if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() )
 543         {
 544             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld);
 545             m_colBgOld = wxNullColour;
 546         }
 547
 548 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 549 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 550         if ( m_fontOld.Ok() )
 551         {
 552             m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld);
 553             m_fontOld = wxNullFont;
 554         }
 555 #endif
 556     }
 557 }
 558
 559 void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect)
 560 {
 561     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 562
 563     m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE);
 564 }
 565
 566 void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event)
 567 {
 568     event.Skip();
 569 }
 570
 571 bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 572 {
 573     bool ctrl = event.ControlDown();
 574     bool alt  = event.AltDown();
 575
 576 #ifdef __WXMAC__
 577     // On the Mac the Alt key is more like shift and is used for entry of
 578     // valid characters, so check for Ctrl and Meta instead.
 579     alt = event.MetaDown();
 580 #endif
 581
 582     // Assume it's not a valid char if ctrl or alt is down, but if both are
 583     // down then it may be because of an AltGr key combination, so let them
 584     // through in that case.
 585     if ((ctrl || alt) && !(ctrl && alt))
 586         return false;
 587
 588     int key = 0;
 589     bool keyOk = true;
 590
 591 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
 592     // If it's a F-Key or other special key then it shouldn't start the
 593     // editor.
 594     if (event.GetKeyCode() >= WXK_START)
 595         return false;
 596 #endif
 597 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 598     // if the unicode key code is not really a unicode character (it may
 599     // be a function key or etc., the platforms appear to always give us a
 600     // small value in this case) then fallback to the ASCII key code but
 601     // don't do anything for function keys or etc.
 602     key = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 603     if (key <= 127)
 604     {
 605         key = event.GetKeyCode();
 606         keyOk = (key <= 127);
 607     }
 608 #else
 609     key = event.GetKeyCode();
 610     keyOk = (key <= 255);
 611 #endif
 612
 613     return keyOk;
 614 }
 615
 616 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 617 {
 618     event.Skip();
 619 }
 620
 621 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick()
 622 {
 623 }
 624
 625 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
 626
 627 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 628 // wxGridCellTextEditor
 629 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 630
 631 wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor()
 632 {
 633     m_maxChars = 0;
 634 }
 635
 636 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 637                                   wxWindowID id,
 638                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 639 {
 640     DoCreate(parent, id, evtHandler);
 641 }
 642
 643 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoCreate(wxWindow* parent,
 644                                     wxWindowID id,
 645                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler,
 646                                     long style)
 647 {
 648     style |= wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER |
 649              wxTE_PROCESS_TAB |
 650              wxTE_AUTO_SCROLL |
 651              wxNO_BORDER;
 652
 653     m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
 654                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 655                                style);
 656
 657     // set max length allowed in the textctrl, if the parameter was set
 658     if ( m_maxChars != 0 )
 659     {
 660         Text()->SetMaxLength(m_maxChars);
 661     }
 662
 663     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 664 }
 665
 666 void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell),
 667                                            wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr))
 668 {
 669     // as we fill the entire client area,
 670     // don't do anything here to minimize flicker
 671 }
 672
 673 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig)
 674 {
 675     wxRect rect(rectOrig);
 676
 677     // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal margins
 678     //
 679     // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for unix
 680     //
 681 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
 682     if (rect.x != 0)
 683     {
 684         rect.x += 1;
 685         rect.y += 1;
 686         rect.width -= 1;
 687         rect.height -= 1;
 688     }
 689 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
 690     if ( rect.x == 0 )
 691         rect.x += 2;
 692     else
 693         rect.x += 3;
 694
 695     if ( rect.y == 0 )
 696         rect.y += 2;
 697     else
 698         rect.y += 3;
 699
 700     rect.width -= 2;
 701     rect.height -= 2;
 702 #else
 703     int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 704     int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 705
 706     #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
 707         extra_x *= 2;
 708         extra_y *= 2;
 709     #endif
 710
 711     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) );
 712     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) );
 713     rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2 * extra_x );
 714     rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2 * extra_y );
 715 #endif
 716
 717     wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect);
 718 }
 719
 720 void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 721 {
 722     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 723
 724     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
 725
 726     DoBeginEdit(m_startValue);
 727 }
 728
 729 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue)
 730 {
 731     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 732     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 733     Text()->SetSelection(-1, -1);
 734     Text()->SetFocus();
 735 }
 736
 737 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 738 {
 739     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 740
 741     bool changed = false;
 742     wxString value = Text()->GetValue();
 743     if (value != m_startValue)
 744         changed = true;
 745
 746     if (changed)
 747         grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
 748
 749     m_startValue = wxEmptyString;
 750
 751     // No point in setting the text of the hidden control
 752     //Text()->SetValue(m_startValue);
 753
 754     return changed;
 755 }
 756
 757 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset()
 758 {
 759     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 760
 761     DoReset(m_startValue);
 762 }
 763
 764 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue)
 765 {
 766     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 767     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 768 }
 769
 770 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 771 {
 772     return wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event);
 773 }
 774
 775 void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 776 {
 777     // Since this is now happening in the EVT_CHAR event EmulateKeyPress is no
 778     // longer an appropriate way to get the character into the text control.
 779     // Do it ourselves instead.  We know that if we get this far that we have
 780     // a valid character, so not a whole lot of testing needs to be done.
 781
 782     wxTextCtrl* tc = Text();
 783     wxChar ch;
 784     long pos;
 785
 786 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 787     ch = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 788     if (ch <= 127)
 789         ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 790 #else
 791     ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 792 #endif
 793
 794     switch (ch)
 795     {
 796         case WXK_DELETE:
 797             // delete the character at the cursor
 798             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 799             if (pos < tc->GetLastPosition())
 800                 tc->Remove(pos, pos + 1);
 801             break;
 802
 803         case WXK_BACK:
 804             // delete the character before the cursor
 805             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 806             if (pos > 0)
 807                 tc->Remove(pos - 1, pos);
 808             break;
 809
 810         default:
 811             tc->WriteText(ch);
 812             break;
 813     }
 814 }
 815
 816 void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent&
 817                                          WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) )
 818 {
 819 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)
 820     // wxMotif needs a little extra help...
 821     size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() );
 822     wxString s( Text()->GetValue() );
 823     s = s.Left(pos) + wxT("\n") + s.Mid(pos);
 824     Text()->SetValue(s);
 825     Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos );
 826 #else
 827     // the other ports can handle a Return key press
 828     //
 829     event.Skip();
 830 #endif
 831 }
 832
 833 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
 834 {
 835     if ( !params )
 836     {
 837         // reset to default
 838         m_maxChars = 0;
 839     }
 840     else
 841     {
 842         long tmp;
 843         if ( params.ToLong(&tmp) )
 844         {
 845             m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp;
 846         }
 847         else
 848         {
 849             wxLogDebug( _T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str() );
 850         }
 851     }
 852 }
 853
 854 // return the value in the text control
 855 wxString wxGridCellTextEditor::GetValue() const
 856 {
 857     return Text()->GetValue();
 858 }
 859
 860 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 861 // wxGridCellNumberEditor
 862 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 863
 864 wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max)
 865 {
 866     m_min = min;
 867     m_max = max;
 868 }
 869
 870 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 871                                     wxWindowID id,
 872                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 873 {
 874 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 875     if ( HasRange() )
 876     {
 877         // create a spin ctrl
 878         m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString,
 879                                    wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 880                                    wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
 881                                    m_min, m_max);
 882
 883         wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 884     }
 885     else
 886 #endif
 887     {
 888         // just a text control
 889         wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 890
 891 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
 892         Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
 893 #endif
 894     }
 895 }
 896
 897 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 898 {
 899     // first get the value
 900     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
 901     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
 902     {
 903         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col);
 904     }
 905     else
 906     {
 907         m_valueOld = 0;
 908         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
 909         if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
 910         {
 911             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") );
 912             return;
 913         }
 914     }
 915
 916 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 917     if ( HasRange() )
 918     {
 919         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 920         Spin()->SetFocus();
 921     }
 922     else
 923 #endif
 924     {
 925         DoBeginEdit(GetString());
 926     }
 927 }
 928
 929 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
 930                                      wxGrid* grid)
 931 {
 932     bool changed;
 933     long value = 0;
 934     wxString text;
 935
 936 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 937     if ( HasRange() )
 938     {
 939         value = Spin()->GetValue();
 940         changed = value != m_valueOld;
 941         if (changed)
 942             text = wxString::Format(wxT("%ld"), value);
 943     }
 944     else
 945 #endif
 946     {
 947         text = Text()->GetValue();
 948         changed = (text.empty() || text.ToLong(&value)) && (value != m_valueOld);
 949     }
 950
 951     if ( changed )
 952     {
 953         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER))
 954             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value);
 955         else
 956             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
 957     }
 958
 959     return changed;
 960 }
 961
 962 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset()
 963 {
 964 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 965     if ( HasRange() )
 966     {
 967         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 968     }
 969     else
 970 #endif
 971     {
 972         DoReset(GetString());
 973     }
 974 }
 975
 976 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 977 {
 978     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
 979     {
 980         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 981         if ( (keycode < 128) &&
 982              (wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'))
 983         {
 984             return true;
 985         }
 986     }
 987
 988     return false;
 989 }
 990
 991 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 992 {
 993     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 994     if ( !HasRange() )
 995     {
 996         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-')
 997         {
 998             wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
 999
1000             // skip Skip() below
1001             return;
1002         }
1003     }
1004 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1005     else
1006     {
1007         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) )
1008         {
1009             wxSpinCtrl* spin = (wxSpinCtrl*)m_control;
1010             spin->SetValue(keycode - '0');
1011             spin->SetSelection(1,1);
1012             return;
1013         }
1014     }
1015 #endif
1016
1017     event.Skip();
1018 }
1019
1020 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1021 {
1022     if ( !params )
1023     {
1024         // reset to default
1025         m_min =
1026         m_max = -1;
1027     }
1028     else
1029     {
1030         long tmp;
1031         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1032         {
1033             m_min = (int)tmp;
1034
1035             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1036             {
1037                 m_max = (int)tmp;
1038
1039                 // skip the error message below
1040                 return;
1041             }
1042         }
1043
1044         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1045     }
1046 }
1047
1048 // return the value in the spin control if it is there (the text control otherwise)
1049 wxString wxGridCellNumberEditor::GetValue() const
1050 {
1051     wxString s;
1052
1053 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1054     if ( HasRange() )
1055     {
1056         long value = Spin()->GetValue();
1057         s.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value);
1058     }
1059     else
1060 #endif
1061     {
1062         s = Text()->GetValue();
1063     }
1064
1065     return s;
1066 }
1067
1068 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1069 // wxGridCellFloatEditor
1070 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1071
1072 wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision)
1073 {
1074     m_width = width;
1075     m_precision = precision;
1076 }
1077
1078 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1079                                    wxWindowID id,
1080                                    wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1081 {
1082     wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1083
1084 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
1085     Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
1086 #endif
1087 }
1088
1089 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1090 {
1091     // first get the value
1092     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
1093     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1094     {
1095         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
1096     }
1097     else
1098     {
1099         m_valueOld = 0.0;
1100         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
1101         if (! sValue.ToDouble(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
1102         {
1103             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") );
1104             return;
1105         }
1106     }
1107
1108     DoBeginEdit(GetString());
1109 }
1110
1111 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1112                                      wxGrid* grid)
1113 {
1114     double value = 0.0;
1115     wxString text(Text()->GetValue());
1116
1117     if ( (text.empty() || text.ToDouble(&value)) &&
1118             !wxIsSameDouble(value, m_valueOld) )
1119     {
1120         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT))
1121             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value);
1122         else
1123             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
1124
1125         return true;
1126     }
1127
1128     return false;
1129 }
1130
1131 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset()
1132 {
1133     DoReset(GetString());
1134 }
1135
1136 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1137 {
1138     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1139     char tmpbuf[2];
1140     tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1141     tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1142     wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1143
1144 #if wxUSE_INTL
1145     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf ==
1146        wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1147 #else
1148     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") );
1149 #endif
1150
1151     if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'
1152          || is_decimal_point )
1153     {
1154         wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1155
1156         // skip Skip() below
1157         return;
1158     }
1159
1160     event.Skip();
1161 }
1162
1163 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1164 {
1165     if ( !params )
1166     {
1167         // reset to default
1168         m_width =
1169         m_precision = -1;
1170     }
1171     else
1172     {
1173         long tmp;
1174         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1175         {
1176             m_width = (int)tmp;
1177
1178             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1179             {
1180                 m_precision = (int)tmp;
1181
1182                 // skip the error message below
1183                 return;
1184             }
1185         }
1186
1187         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1188     }
1189 }
1190
1191 wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const
1192 {
1193     wxString fmt;
1194     if ( m_precision == -1 && m_width != -1)
1195     {
1196         // default precision
1197         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
1198     }
1199     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width == -1)
1200     {
1201         // default width
1202         fmt.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
1203     }
1204     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width != -1 )
1205     {
1206         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
1207     }
1208     else
1209     {
1210         // default width/precision
1211         fmt = _T("%f");
1212     }
1213
1214     return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld);
1215 }
1216
1217 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1218 {
1219     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1220     {
1221         const int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1222         if ( isascii(keycode) )
1223         {
1224             char tmpbuf[2];
1225             tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1226             tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1227             wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1228
1229 #if wxUSE_INTL
1230             const wxString decimalPoint =
1231                 wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER);
1232 #else
1233             const wxString decimalPoint(_T('.'));
1234 #endif
1235
1236             // accept digits, 'e' as in '1e+6', also '-', '+', and '.'
1237             if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) ||
1238                     tolower(keycode) == 'e' ||
1239                         keycode == decimalPoint ||
1240                             keycode == '+' ||
1241                                 keycode == '-' )
1242             {
1243                 return true;
1244             }
1245         }
1246     }
1247
1248     return false;
1249 }
1250
1251 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
1252
1253 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1254
1255 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1256 // wxGridCellBoolEditor
1257 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1258
1259 // the default values for GetValue()
1260 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::ms_stringValues[2] = { _T(""), _T("1") };
1261
1262 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1263                                   wxWindowID id,
1264                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1265 {
1266     m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1267                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1268                                wxNO_BORDER);
1269
1270     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1271 }
1272
1273 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r)
1274 {
1275     bool resize = false;
1276     wxSize size = m_control->GetSize();
1277     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height);
1278
1279     // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell
1280     wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize();
1281     if ( !(size == sizeBest) )
1282     {
1283         // reset to default size if it had been made smaller
1284         size = sizeBest;
1285
1286         resize = true;
1287     }
1288
1289     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
1290     {
1291         // leave 1 pixel margin
1292         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
1293
1294         resize = true;
1295     }
1296
1297     if ( resize )
1298     {
1299         m_control->SetSize(size);
1300     }
1301
1302     // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?)
1303
1304 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__)
1305     // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK,
1306     // so shift it to the right
1307     size.x -= 8;
1308 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
1309     // here too, but in other way
1310     size.x += 1;
1311     size.y -= 2;
1312 #endif
1313
1314     int hAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1315     int vAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1316     if (GetCellAttr())
1317         GetCellAttr()->GetAlignment(& hAlign, & vAlign);
1318
1319     int x = 0, y = 0;
1320     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
1321     {
1322         x = r.x + 2;
1323
1324 #ifdef __WXMSW__
1325         x += 2;
1326 #endif
1327
1328         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1329     }
1330     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
1331     {
1332         x = r.x + r.width - size.x - 2;
1333         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1334     }
1335     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
1336     {
1337         x = r.x + r.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
1338         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1339     }
1340
1341     m_control->Move(x, y);
1342 }
1343
1344 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
1345 {
1346     m_control->Show(show);
1347
1348     if ( show )
1349     {
1350         wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY;
1351         CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg);
1352     }
1353 }
1354
1355 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1356 {
1357     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1358                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1359
1360     if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1361     {
1362         m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
1363     }
1364     else
1365     {
1366         wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
1367
1368         if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[false] )
1369             m_startValue = false;
1370         else if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[true] )
1371             m_startValue = true;
1372         else
1373         {
1374             // do not try to be smart here and convert it to true or false
1375             // because we'll still overwrite it with something different and
1376             // this risks to be very surprising for the user code, let them
1377             // know about it
1378             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("invalid value for a cell with bool editor!") );
1379         }
1380     }
1381
1382     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1383     CBox()->SetFocus();
1384 }
1385
1386 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1387                                    wxGrid* grid)
1388 {
1389     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1390                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1391
1392     bool changed = false;
1393     bool value = CBox()->GetValue();
1394     if ( value != m_startValue )
1395         changed = true;
1396
1397     if ( changed )
1398     {
1399         wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
1400         if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
1401             table->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value);
1402         else
1403             table->SetValue(row, col, GetValue());
1404     }
1405
1406     return changed;
1407 }
1408
1409 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset()
1410 {
1411     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1412                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1413
1414     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1415 }
1416
1417 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick()
1418 {
1419     CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1420 }
1421
1422 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1423 {
1424     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1425     {
1426         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1427         switch ( keycode )
1428         {
1429             case WXK_SPACE:
1430             case '+':
1431             case '-':
1432                 return true;
1433         }
1434     }
1435
1436     return false;
1437 }
1438
1439 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1440 {
1441     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1442     switch ( keycode )
1443     {
1444         case WXK_SPACE:
1445             CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1446             break;
1447
1448         case '+':
1449             CBox()->SetValue(true);
1450             break;
1451
1452         case '-':
1453             CBox()->SetValue(false);
1454             break;
1455     }
1456 }
1457
1458 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::GetValue() const
1459 {
1460   return ms_stringValues[CBox()->GetValue()];
1461 }
1462
1463 /* static */ void
1464 wxGridCellBoolEditor::UseStringValues(const wxString& valueTrue,
1465                                       const wxString& valueFalse)
1466 {
1467     ms_stringValues[false] = valueFalse;
1468     ms_stringValues[true] = valueTrue;
1469 }
1470
1471 /* static */ bool
1472 wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(const wxString& value)
1473 {
1474     return value == ms_stringValues[true];
1475 }
1476
1477 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1478
1479 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1480
1481 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1482 // wxGridCellChoiceEditor
1483 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1484
1485 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices,
1486                                                bool allowOthers)
1487     : m_choices(choices),
1488       m_allowOthers(allowOthers) { }
1489
1490 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count,
1491                                                const wxString choices[],
1492                                                bool allowOthers)
1493                       : m_allowOthers(allowOthers)
1494 {
1495     if ( count )
1496     {
1497         m_choices.Alloc(count);
1498         for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
1499         {
1500             m_choices.Add(choices[n]);
1501         }
1502     }
1503 }
1504
1505 wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const
1506 {
1507     wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor;
1508     editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers;
1509     editor->m_choices = m_choices;
1510
1511     return editor;
1512 }
1513
1514 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1515                                     wxWindowID id,
1516                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1517 {
1518     int style = wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER |
1519                 wxTE_PROCESS_TAB |
1520                 wxBORDER_NONE;
1521
1522     if ( !m_allowOthers )
1523         style |= wxCB_READONLY;
1524     m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1525                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1526                                m_choices,
1527                                style);
1528
1529     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1530 }
1531
1532 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
1533                                              wxGridCellAttr * attr)
1534 {
1535     // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize
1536     // flicker
1537
1538     // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a
1539     // combo always defaults to the standard.  Until someone has time to
1540     // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way.
1541     wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr);
1542 }
1543
1544 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1545 {
1546     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1547                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1548
1549     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler* evtHandler = NULL;
1550     if (m_control)
1551         evtHandler = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetEventHandler(), wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler);
1552
1553     // Don't immediately end if we get a kill focus event within BeginEdit
1554     if (evtHandler)
1555         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(true);
1556
1557     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
1558
1559     if (m_allowOthers)
1560     {
1561         Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1562         Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1563     }
1564     else // the combobox is read-only
1565     {
1566         // find the right position, or default to the first if not found
1567         int pos = Combo()->FindString(m_startValue);
1568         if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND)
1569             pos = 0;
1570         Combo()->SetSelection(pos);
1571     }
1572
1573     Combo()->SetFocus();
1574
1575     if (evtHandler)
1576     {
1577         // When dropping down the menu, a kill focus event
1578         // happens after this point, so we can't reset the flag yet.
1579 #if !defined(__WXGTK20__)
1580         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(false);
1581 #endif
1582     }
1583 }
1584
1585 bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1586                                      wxGrid* grid)
1587 {
1588     wxString value = Combo()->GetValue();
1589     if ( value == m_startValue )
1590         return false;
1591
1592     grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
1593
1594     return true;
1595 }
1596
1597 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset()
1598 {
1599     Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1600     Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1601 }
1602
1603 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1604 {
1605     if ( !params )
1606     {
1607         // what can we do?
1608         return;
1609     }
1610
1611     m_choices.Empty();
1612
1613     wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(','));
1614     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1615     {
1616         m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken());
1617     }
1618 }
1619
1620 // return the value in the text control
1621 wxString wxGridCellChoiceEditor::GetValue() const
1622 {
1623   return Combo()->GetValue();
1624 }
1625
1626 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1627
1628 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1629 // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler
1630 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1631
1632 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
1633 {
1634     // Don't disable the cell if we're just starting to edit it
1635     if (m_inSetFocus)
1636         return;
1637
1638     // accept changes
1639     m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1640
1641     event.Skip();
1642 }
1643
1644 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event)
1645 {
1646     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1647     {
1648         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1649             m_editor->Reset();
1650             m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1651             break;
1652
1653         case WXK_TAB:
1654             m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
1655             break;
1656
1657         case WXK_RETURN:
1658         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1659             if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
1660                 m_editor->HandleReturn(event);
1661             break;
1662
1663         default:
1664             event.Skip();
1665             break;
1666     }
1667 }
1668
1669 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event)
1670 {
1671     int row = m_grid->GetGridCursorRow();
1672     int col = m_grid->GetGridCursorCol();
1673     wxRect rect = m_grid->CellToRect( row, col );
1674     int cw, ch;
1675     m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
1676
1677     // if cell width is smaller than grid client area, cell is wholly visible
1678     bool wholeCellVisible = (rect.GetWidth() < cw);
1679
1680     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1681     {
1682         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1683         case WXK_TAB:
1684         case WXK_RETURN:
1685         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1686             break;
1687
1688         case WXK_HOME:
1689         {
1690             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1691             {
1692                 // no special processing needed...
1693                 event.Skip();
1694                 break;
1695             }
1696
1697             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1698
1699             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1700             int colXPos = 0;
1701             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1702             {
1703                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1704             }
1705
1706             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1707             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1708             if (col != 0)
1709             {
1710                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1711             }
1712             else
1713             {
1714                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1715             }
1716             event.Skip();
1717             break;
1718         }
1719
1720         case WXK_END:
1721         {
1722             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1723             {
1724                 // no special processing needed...
1725                 event.Skip();
1726                 break;
1727             }
1728
1729             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1730
1731             int textWidth = 0;
1732             wxString value = m_grid->GetCellValue(row, col);
1733             if ( wxEmptyString != value )
1734             {
1735                 // get width of cell CONTENTS (text)
1736                 int y;
1737                 wxFont font = m_grid->GetCellFont(row, col);
1738                 m_grid->GetTextExtent(value, &textWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &font);
1739
1740                 // try to RIGHT align the text by scrolling
1741                 int client_right = m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
1742
1743                 // (m_grid->GetScrollLineX()*2) is a factor for not scrolling to far,
1744                 // otherwise the last part of the cell content might be hidden below the scroll bar
1745                 // FIXME: maybe there is a more suitable correction?
1746                 textWidth -= (client_right - (m_grid->GetScrollLineX() * 2));
1747                 if ( textWidth < 0 )
1748                 {
1749                     textWidth = 0;
1750                 }
1751             }
1752
1753             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1754             int colXPos = 0;
1755             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1756             {
1757                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1758             }
1759
1760             // and add the (modified) text width of the cell contents
1761             // as we'd like to see the last part of the cell contents
1762             colXPos += textWidth;
1763
1764             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1765             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1766             m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1767             event.Skip();
1768             break;
1769         }
1770
1771         default:
1772             event.Skip();
1773             break;
1774     }
1775 }
1776
1777 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1778 // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for
1779 // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting
1780 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1781
1782 void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params))
1783 {
1784     // nothing to do
1785 }
1786
1787 wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker()
1788 {
1789 }
1790
1791 // ============================================================================
1792 // renderer classes
1793 // ============================================================================
1794
1795 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1796 // wxGridCellRenderer
1797 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1798
1799 void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1800                               wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1801                               wxDC& dc,
1802                               const wxRect& rect,
1803                               int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1804                               bool isSelected)
1805 {
1806     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID );
1807
1808     // grey out fields if the grid is disabled
1809     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1810     {
1811         if ( isSelected )
1812         {
1813             wxColour clr;
1814             if ( grid.HasFocus() )
1815                 clr = grid.GetSelectionBackground();
1816             else
1817                 clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW);
1818             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(clr, wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID) );
1819         }
1820         else
1821         {
1822             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(attr.GetBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID) );
1823         }
1824     }
1825     else
1826     {
1827         dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID));
1828     }
1829
1830     dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
1831     dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
1832 }
1833
1834 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1835 // wxGridCellStringRenderer
1836 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1837
1838 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(const wxGrid& grid,
1839                                                      const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1840                                                      wxDC& dc,
1841                                                      bool isSelected)
1842 {
1843     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT );
1844
1845     // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case?
1846
1847     // different coloured text when the grid is disabled
1848     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1849     {
1850         if ( isSelected )
1851         {
1852             wxColour clr;
1853             if ( grid.HasFocus() )
1854                 clr = grid.GetSelectionBackground();
1855             else
1856                 clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW);
1857             dc.SetTextBackground( clr );
1858             dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() );
1859         }
1860         else
1861         {
1862             dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() );
1863             dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() );
1864         }
1865     }
1866     else
1867     {
1868         dc.SetTextBackground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE));
1869         dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT));
1870     }
1871
1872     dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() );
1873 }
1874
1875 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1876                                                wxDC& dc,
1877                                                const wxString& text)
1878 {
1879     wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0;
1880     dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont());
1881     wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n'));
1882     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1883     {
1884         dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y);
1885         max_x = wxMax(max_x, x);
1886     }
1887
1888     y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines.
1889
1890     return wxSize(max_x, y);
1891 }
1892
1893 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1894                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1895                                              wxDC& dc,
1896                                              int row, int col)
1897 {
1898     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col));
1899 }
1900
1901 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1902                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1903                                     wxDC& dc,
1904                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
1905                                     int row, int col,
1906                                     bool isSelected)
1907 {
1908     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1909     rect.Inflate(-1);
1910
1911     // erase only this cells background, overflow cells should have been erased
1912     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1913
1914     int hAlign, vAlign;
1915     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1916
1917     int overflowCols = 0;
1918
1919     if (attr.GetOverflow())
1920     {
1921         int cols = grid.GetNumberCols();
1922         int best_width = GetBestSize(grid,attr,dc,row,col).GetWidth();
1923         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
1924         attr.GetSize( &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); // shouldn't get here if <= 0
1925         if ((best_width > rectCell.width) && (col < cols) && grid.GetTable())
1926         {
1927             int i, c_cols, c_rows;
1928             for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++)
1929             {
1930                 bool is_empty = true;
1931                 for (int j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
1932                 {
1933                     // check w/ anchor cell for multicell block
1934                     grid.GetCellSize(j, i, &c_rows, &c_cols);
1935                     if (c_rows > 0)
1936                         c_rows = 0;
1937                     if (!grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(j + c_rows, i))
1938                     {
1939                         is_empty = false;
1940                         break;
1941                     }
1942                 }
1943
1944                 if (is_empty)
1945                 {
1946                     rect.width += grid.GetColSize(i);
1947                 }
1948                 else
1949                 {
1950                     i--;
1951                     break;
1952                 }
1953
1954                 if (rect.width >= best_width)
1955                     break;
1956             }
1957
1958             overflowCols = i - col - cell_cols + 1;
1959             if (overflowCols >= cols)
1960                 overflowCols = cols - 1;
1961         }
1962
1963         if (overflowCols > 0) // redraw overflow cells w/ proper hilight
1964         {
1965             hAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; // if oveflowed then it's left aligned
1966             wxRect clip = rect;
1967             clip.x += rectCell.width;
1968             // draw each overflow cell individually
1969             int col_end = col + cell_cols + overflowCols;
1970             if (col_end >= grid.GetNumberCols())
1971                 col_end = grid.GetNumberCols() - 1;
1972             for (int i = col + cell_cols; i <= col_end; i++)
1973             {
1974                 clip.width = grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1975                 dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
1976                 dc.SetClippingRegion(clip);
1977
1978                 SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc,
1979                         grid.IsInSelection(row,i));
1980
1981                 grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
1982                         rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1983                 clip.x += grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1984             }
1985
1986             rect = rectCell;
1987             rect.Inflate(-1);
1988             rect.width++;
1989             dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
1990         }
1991     }
1992
1993     // now we only have to draw the text
1994     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
1995
1996     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
1997                            rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1998 }
1999
2000 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2001 // wxGridCellNumberRenderer
2002 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2003
2004 wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
2005 {
2006     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
2007     wxString text;
2008     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
2009     {
2010         text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col));
2011     }
2012     else
2013     {
2014         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
2015     }
2016
2017     return text;
2018 }
2019
2020 void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2021                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2022                                     wxDC& dc,
2023                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
2024                                     int row, int col,
2025                                     bool isSelected)
2026 {
2027     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2028
2029     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2030
2031     // draw the text right aligned by default
2032     int hAlign, vAlign;
2033     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2034     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2035
2036     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2037     rect.Inflate(-1);
2038
2039     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2040 }
2041
2042 wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2043                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2044                                              wxDC& dc,
2045                                              int row, int col)
2046 {
2047     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2048 }
2049
2050 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2051 // wxGridCellFloatRenderer
2052 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2053
2054 wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision)
2055 {
2056     SetWidth(width);
2057     SetPrecision(precision);
2058 }
2059
2060 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const
2061 {
2062     wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer;
2063     renderer->m_width = m_width;
2064     renderer->m_precision = m_precision;
2065     renderer->m_format = m_format;
2066
2067     return renderer;
2068 }
2069
2070 wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
2071 {
2072     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
2073
2074     bool hasDouble;
2075     double val;
2076     wxString text;
2077     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
2078     {
2079         val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
2080         hasDouble = true;
2081     }
2082     else
2083     {
2084         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
2085         hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val);
2086     }
2087
2088     if ( hasDouble )
2089     {
2090         if ( !m_format )
2091         {
2092             if ( m_width == -1 )
2093             {
2094                 if ( m_precision == -1 )
2095                 {
2096                     // default width/precision
2097                     m_format = _T("%f");
2098                 }
2099                 else
2100                 {
2101                     m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
2102                 }
2103             }
2104             else if ( m_precision == -1 )
2105             {
2106                 // default precision
2107                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
2108             }
2109             else
2110             {
2111                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
2112             }
2113         }
2114
2115         text.Printf(m_format, val);
2116
2117     }
2118     //else: text already contains the string
2119
2120     return text;
2121 }
2122
2123 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2124                                    wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2125                                    wxDC& dc,
2126                                    const wxRect& rectCell,
2127                                    int row, int col,
2128                                    bool isSelected)
2129 {
2130     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2131
2132     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2133
2134     // draw the text right aligned by default
2135     int hAlign, vAlign;
2136     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2137     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2138
2139     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2140     rect.Inflate(-1);
2141
2142     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2143 }
2144
2145 wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2146                                             wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2147                                             wxDC& dc,
2148                                             int row, int col)
2149 {
2150     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2151 }
2152
2153 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
2154 {
2155     if ( !params )
2156     {
2157         // reset to defaults
2158         SetWidth(-1);
2159         SetPrecision(-1);
2160     }
2161     else
2162     {
2163         wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(','));
2164         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2165         {
2166             long width;
2167             if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) )
2168             {
2169                 SetWidth((int)width);
2170             }
2171             else
2172             {
2173                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2174             }
2175         }
2176
2177         tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(','));
2178         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2179         {
2180             long precision;
2181             if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) )
2182             {
2183                 SetPrecision((int)precision);
2184             }
2185             else
2186             {
2187                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2188             }
2189         }
2190     }
2191 }
2192
2193 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2194 // wxGridCellBoolRenderer
2195 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2196
2197 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark;
2198
2199 // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly...
2200
2201 // between checkmark and box
2202 static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2;
2203
2204 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2205                                            wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr),
2206                                            wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc),
2207                                            int WXUNUSED(row),
2208                                            int WXUNUSED(col))
2209 {
2210     // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...)
2211     if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x )
2212     {
2213         // get checkbox size
2214         wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString);
2215         wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize();
2216         wxCoord checkSize = size.y + 2 * wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN;
2217
2218 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
2219         checkSize -= size.y / 2;
2220 #endif
2221
2222         delete checkbox;
2223
2224         ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize;
2225     }
2226
2227     return ms_sizeCheckMark;
2228 }
2229
2230 void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2231                                   wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2232                                   wxDC& dc,
2233                                   const wxRect& rect,
2234                                   int row, int col,
2235                                   bool isSelected)
2236 {
2237     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected);
2238
2239     // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO)
2240     wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col);
2241
2242     // don't draw outside the cell
2243     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height);
2244     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
2245     {
2246         // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin
2247         size.x = size.y = minSize;
2248     }
2249
2250     // draw a border around checkmark
2251     int vAlign, hAlign;
2252     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2253
2254     wxRect rectBorder;
2255     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
2256     {
2257         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
2258         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2259         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2260         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2261     }
2262     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
2263     {
2264         rectBorder.x = rect.x + 2;
2265         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2266         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2267         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2268     }
2269     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
2270     {
2271         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width - size.x - 2;
2272         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2273         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2274         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2275     }
2276
2277     bool value;
2278     if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
2279     {
2280         value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
2281     }
2282     else
2283     {
2284         wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
2285         value = wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(cellval);
2286     }
2287
2288     int flags = 0;
2289     if (value)
2290         flags |= wxCONTROL_CHECKED;
2291
2292     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawCheckBox( &grid, dc, rectBorder, flags );
2293 }
2294
2295 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2296 // wxGridCellAttr
2297 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2298
2299 void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault)
2300 {
2301     m_nRef = 1;
2302
2303     m_isReadOnly = Unset;
2304
2305     m_renderer = NULL;
2306     m_editor = NULL;
2307
2308     m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell;
2309
2310     m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1;
2311     m_overflow = UnsetOverflow;
2312
2313     SetDefAttr(attrDefault);
2314 }
2315
2316 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const
2317 {
2318     wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr);
2319
2320     if ( HasTextColour() )
2321         attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour());
2322     if ( HasBackgroundColour() )
2323         attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour());
2324     if ( HasFont() )
2325         attr->SetFont(GetFont());
2326     if ( HasAlignment() )
2327         attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign);
2328
2329     attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols );
2330
2331     if ( m_renderer )
2332     {
2333         attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer);
2334         m_renderer->IncRef();
2335     }
2336     if ( m_editor )
2337     {
2338         attr->SetEditor(m_editor);
2339         m_editor->IncRef();
2340     }
2341
2342     if ( IsReadOnly() )
2343         attr->SetReadOnly();
2344
2345     attr->SetOverflow( m_overflow == Overflow );
2346     attr->SetKind( m_attrkind );
2347
2348     return attr;
2349 }
2350
2351 void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom)
2352 {
2353     if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() )
2354         SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour());
2355     if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() )
2356         SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour());
2357     if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() )
2358         SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont());
2359     if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() )
2360     {
2361         int hAlign, vAlign;
2362         mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign);
2363         SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2364     }
2365     if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() )
2366         mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols );
2367
2368     // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return
2369     // m_renderer/m_editor
2370     //
2371     // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor?
2372     if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() )
2373     {
2374         m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer;
2375         m_renderer->IncRef();
2376     }
2377     if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() )
2378     {
2379         m_editor =  mergefrom->m_editor;
2380         m_editor->IncRef();
2381     }
2382     if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() )
2383         SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly());
2384
2385     if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() )
2386         SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow());
2387
2388     SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr);
2389 }
2390
2391 void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols)
2392 {
2393     // The size of a cell is normally 1,1
2394
2395     // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell
2396     // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be
2397     // set to negative or zero values such that
2398     // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell)
2399     // same goes for the col + num_cols.
2400
2401     // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value
2402
2403     wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) ||
2404                   !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) ||
2405                   !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))),
2406                   wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values"));
2407
2408     m_sizeRows = num_rows;
2409     m_sizeCols = num_cols;
2410 }
2411
2412 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const
2413 {
2414     if (HasTextColour())
2415     {
2416         return m_colText;
2417     }
2418     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2419     {
2420         return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour();
2421     }
2422     else
2423     {
2424         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2425         return wxNullColour;
2426     }
2427 }
2428
2429 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const
2430 {
2431     if (HasBackgroundColour())
2432     {
2433         return m_colBack;
2434     }
2435     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2436     {
2437         return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
2438     }
2439     else
2440     {
2441         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2442         return wxNullColour;
2443     }
2444 }
2445
2446 const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const
2447 {
2448     if (HasFont())
2449     {
2450         return m_font;
2451     }
2452     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2453     {
2454         return m_defGridAttr->GetFont();
2455     }
2456     else
2457     {
2458         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2459         return wxNullFont;
2460     }
2461 }
2462
2463 void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
2464 {
2465     if (HasAlignment())
2466     {
2467         if ( hAlign )
2468             *hAlign = m_hAlign;
2469         if ( vAlign )
2470             *vAlign = m_vAlign;
2471     }
2472     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2473     {
2474         m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2475     }
2476     else
2477     {
2478         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2479     }
2480 }
2481
2482 void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
2483 {
2484     if ( num_rows )
2485         *num_rows = m_sizeRows;
2486     if ( num_cols )
2487         *num_cols = m_sizeCols;
2488 }
2489
2490 // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about
2491 // which attribute to use.  If a non-default attr object has one then it is
2492 // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and
2493 // used.  It should be the default for the data type of the cell.  If it is
2494 // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its
2495 // registry), then the grid's default editor or renderer is used.
2496
2497 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2498 {
2499     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = NULL;
2500
2501     if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr )
2502     {
2503         // use the cells renderer if it has one
2504         renderer = m_renderer;
2505         renderer->IncRef();
2506     }
2507     else // no non-default cell renderer
2508     {
2509         // get default renderer for the data type
2510         if ( grid )
2511         {
2512             // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2513             renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col);
2514         }
2515
2516         if ( renderer == NULL )
2517         {
2518             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2519             {
2520                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2521                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2522                 renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
2523             }
2524             else // default grid attr
2525             {
2526                 // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially
2527                 renderer = m_renderer;
2528                 if ( renderer )
2529                     renderer->IncRef();
2530             }
2531         }
2532     }
2533
2534     // we're supposed to always find something
2535     wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer"));
2536
2537     return renderer;
2538 }
2539
2540 // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g
2541 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2542 {
2543     wxGridCellEditor *editor = NULL;
2544
2545     if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr )
2546     {
2547         // use the cells editor if it has one
2548         editor = m_editor;
2549         editor->IncRef();
2550     }
2551     else // no non default cell editor
2552     {
2553         // get default editor for the data type
2554         if ( grid )
2555         {
2556             // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2557             editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col);
2558         }
2559
2560         if ( editor == NULL )
2561         {
2562             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2563             {
2564                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2565                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2566                 editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
2567             }
2568             else // default grid attr
2569             {
2570                 // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially
2571                 editor = m_editor;
2572                 if ( editor )
2573                     editor->IncRef();
2574             }
2575         }
2576     }
2577
2578     // we're supposed to always find something
2579     wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor"));
2580
2581     return editor;
2582 }
2583
2584 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2585 // wxGridCellAttrData
2586 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2587
2588 void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col)
2589 {
2590     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2591     if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND )
2592     {
2593         // add the attribute
2594         m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr));
2595     }
2596     else
2597     {
2598         // free the old attribute
2599         m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr->DecRef();
2600
2601         if ( attr )
2602         {
2603             // change the attribute
2604             m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr = attr;
2605         }
2606         else
2607         {
2608             // remove this attribute
2609             m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
2610         }
2611     }
2612 }
2613
2614 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const
2615 {
2616     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2617
2618     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2619     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2620     {
2621         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr;
2622         attr->IncRef();
2623     }
2624
2625     return attr;
2626 }
2627
2628 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2629 {
2630     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2631     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2632     {
2633         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2634         wxCoord row = coords.GetRow();
2635         if ((size_t)row >= pos)
2636         {
2637             if (numRows > 0)
2638             {
2639                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2640                 coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2641             }
2642             else if (numRows < 0)
2643             {
2644                 // If rows deleted ...
2645                 if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows)
2646                 {
2647                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2648                     coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2649                 }
2650                 else
2651                 {
2652                     // ...or remove the attribute
2653                     // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is
2654                     // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor!
2655                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2656                     n--;
2657                     count--;
2658                 }
2659             }
2660         }
2661     }
2662 }
2663
2664 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2665 {
2666     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2667     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2668     {
2669         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2670         wxCoord col = coords.GetCol();
2671         if ( (size_t)col >= pos )
2672         {
2673             if ( numCols > 0 )
2674             {
2675                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2676                 coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2677             }
2678             else if (numCols < 0)
2679             {
2680                 // If rows deleted ...
2681                 if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols)
2682                 {
2683                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2684                     coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2685                 }
2686                 else
2687                 {
2688                     // ...or remove the attribute
2689                     // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is
2690                     // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor!
2691                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2692                     n--;
2693                     count--;
2694                 }
2695             }
2696         }
2697     }
2698 }
2699
2700 int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const
2701 {
2702     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2703     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2704     {
2705         const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2706         if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) )
2707         {
2708             return n;
2709         }
2710     }
2711
2712     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2713 }
2714
2715 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2716 // wxGridRowOrColAttrData
2717 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2718
2719 wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData()
2720 {
2721     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2722     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2723     {
2724         m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2725     }
2726 }
2727
2728 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const
2729 {
2730     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2731
2732     int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2733     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2734     {
2735         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n];
2736         attr->IncRef();
2737     }
2738
2739     return attr;
2740 }
2741
2742 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol)
2743 {
2744     int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2745     if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND )
2746     {
2747         if ( attr )
2748         {
2749             // add the attribute
2750             m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol);
2751             m_attrs.Add(attr);
2752         }
2753         // nothing to remove
2754     }
2755     else
2756     {
2757         size_t n = (size_t)i;
2758         if ( attr )
2759         {
2760             // change the attribute
2761             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2762             m_attrs[n] = attr;
2763         }
2764         else
2765         {
2766             // remove this attribute
2767             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2768             m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2769             m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2770         }
2771     }
2772 }
2773
2774 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols )
2775 {
2776     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2777     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2778     {
2779         int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n];
2780         if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos )
2781         {
2782             if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 )
2783             {
2784                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2785                 rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2786             }
2787             else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0)
2788             {
2789                 // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists)
2790                 if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols)
2791                     rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2792                 else
2793                 {
2794                     m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2795                     m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2796                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2797                     n--;
2798                     count--;
2799                 }
2800             }
2801         }
2802     }
2803 }
2804
2805 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2806 // wxGridCellAttrProvider
2807 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2808
2809 wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2810 {
2811     m_data = (wxGridCellAttrProviderData *)NULL;
2812 }
2813
2814 wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2815 {
2816     delete m_data;
2817 }
2818
2819 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData()
2820 {
2821     m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData;
2822 }
2823
2824 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col,
2825                                                 wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind ) const
2826 {
2827     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2828     if ( m_data )
2829     {
2830         switch (kind)
2831         {
2832             case (wxGridCellAttr::Any):
2833                 // Get cached merge attributes.
2834                 // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable
2835                 // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col);
2836                 if (!attr)
2837                 {
2838                     // Basically implement old version.
2839                     // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time..
2840                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2841                     wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2842                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2843
2844                     if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol))
2845                     {
2846                         // Two or more are non NULL
2847                         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
2848                         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged);
2849
2850                         // Order is important..
2851                         if (attrcell)
2852                         {
2853                             attr->MergeWith(attrcell);
2854                             attrcell->DecRef();
2855                         }
2856                         if (attrcol)
2857                         {
2858                             attr->MergeWith(attrcol);
2859                             attrcol->DecRef();
2860                         }
2861                         if (attrrow)
2862                         {
2863                             attr->MergeWith(attrrow);
2864                             attrrow->DecRef();
2865                         }
2866
2867                         // store merge attr if cache implemented
2868                         //attr->IncRef();
2869                         //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2870                     }
2871                     else
2872                     {
2873                         // one or none is non null return it or null.
2874                         if (attrrow)
2875                             attr = attrrow;
2876                         if (attrcol)
2877                         {
2878                             if (attr)
2879                                 attr->DecRef();
2880                             attr = attrcol;
2881                         }
2882                         if (attrcell)
2883                         {
2884                             if (attr)
2885                                 attr->DecRef();
2886                             attr = attrcell;
2887                         }
2888                     }
2889                 }
2890                 break;
2891
2892             case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell):
2893                 attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2894                 break;
2895
2896             case (wxGridCellAttr::Col):
2897                 attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2898                 break;
2899
2900             case (wxGridCellAttr::Row):
2901                 attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2902                 break;
2903
2904             default:
2905                 // unused as yet...
2906                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Default):
2907                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged):
2908                 break;
2909         }
2910     }
2911
2912     return attr;
2913 }
2914
2915 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr,
2916                                      int row, int col)
2917 {
2918     if ( !m_data )
2919         InitData();
2920
2921     m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2922 }
2923
2924 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
2925 {
2926     if ( !m_data )
2927         InitData();
2928
2929     m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row);
2930 }
2931
2932 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
2933 {
2934     if ( !m_data )
2935         InitData();
2936
2937     m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col);
2938 }
2939
2940 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2941 {
2942     if ( m_data )
2943     {
2944         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
2945
2946         m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows );
2947     }
2948 }
2949
2950 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2951 {
2952     if ( m_data )
2953     {
2954         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
2955
2956         m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols );
2957     }
2958 }
2959
2960 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2961 // wxGridTypeRegistry
2962 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2963
2964 wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry()
2965 {
2966     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
2967     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
2968         delete m_typeinfo[i];
2969 }
2970
2971 void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
2972                                           wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
2973                                           wxGridCellEditor* editor)
2974 {
2975     wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor);
2976
2977     // is it already registered?
2978     int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
2979     if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND )
2980     {
2981         delete m_typeinfo[loc];
2982         m_typeinfo[loc] = info;
2983     }
2984     else
2985     {
2986         m_typeinfo.Add(info);
2987     }
2988 }
2989
2990 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2991 {
2992     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
2993     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
2994     {
2995         if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName )
2996         {
2997             return i;
2998         }
2999     }
3000
3001     return wxNOT_FOUND;
3002 }
3003
3004 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3005 {
3006     int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
3007     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3008     {
3009         // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case
3010         // register it "on the fly"
3011 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3012         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING )
3013         {
3014             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
3015                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
3016                              new wxGridCellTextEditor);
3017         }
3018         else
3019 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3020 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
3021         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL )
3022         {
3023             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL,
3024                              new wxGridCellBoolRenderer,
3025                              new wxGridCellBoolEditor);
3026         }
3027         else
3028 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
3029 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3030         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER )
3031         {
3032             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER,
3033                              new wxGridCellNumberRenderer,
3034                              new wxGridCellNumberEditor);
3035         }
3036         else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT )
3037         {
3038             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT,
3039                              new wxGridCellFloatRenderer,
3040                              new wxGridCellFloatEditor);
3041         }
3042         else
3043 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3044 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
3045         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE )
3046         {
3047             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE,
3048                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
3049                              new wxGridCellChoiceEditor);
3050         }
3051         else
3052 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
3053         {
3054             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3055         }
3056
3057         // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return
3058         // the last index
3059         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3060     }
3061
3062     return index;
3063 }
3064
3065 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3066 {
3067     int index = FindDataType(typeName);
3068     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3069     {
3070         // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':'
3071         // are the parameters for the renderer
3072         index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':')));
3073         if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3074         {
3075             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3076         }
3077
3078         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index);
3079         wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer;
3080         renderer = renderer->Clone();
3081         rendererOld->DecRef();
3082
3083         wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index);
3084         wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor;
3085         editor = editor->Clone();
3086         editorOld->DecRef();
3087
3088         // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults
3089         wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':'));
3090         renderer->SetParameters(params);
3091         editor->SetParameters(params);
3092
3093         // register the new typename
3094         RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
3095
3096         // we just registered it, it's the last one
3097         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3098     }
3099
3100     return index;
3101 }
3102
3103 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index)
3104 {
3105     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer;
3106     if (renderer)
3107         renderer->IncRef();
3108
3109     return renderer;
3110 }
3111
3112 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index)
3113 {
3114     wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor;
3115     if (editor)
3116         editor->IncRef();
3117
3118     return editor;
3119 }
3120
3121 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3122 // wxGridTableBase
3123 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3124
3125 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject )
3126
3127 wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase()
3128 {
3129     m_view = (wxGrid *) NULL;
3130     m_attrProvider = (wxGridCellAttrProvider *) NULL;
3131 }
3132
3133 wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase()
3134 {
3135     delete m_attrProvider;
3136 }
3137
3138 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider)
3139 {
3140     delete m_attrProvider;
3141     m_attrProvider = attrProvider;
3142 }
3143
3144 bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes()
3145 {
3146     if ( ! GetAttrProvider() )
3147     {
3148         // use the default attr provider by default
3149         SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider);
3150     }
3151
3152     return true;
3153 }
3154
3155 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind)
3156 {
3157     if ( m_attrProvider )
3158         return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind);
3159     else
3160         return (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
3161 }
3162
3163 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col)
3164 {
3165     if ( m_attrProvider )
3166     {
3167         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
3168         m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
3169     }
3170     else
3171     {
3172         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3173         // free it now
3174         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3175     }
3176 }
3177
3178 void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
3179 {
3180     if ( m_attrProvider )
3181     {
3182         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row);
3183         m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
3184     }
3185     else
3186     {
3187         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3188         // free it now
3189         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3190     }
3191 }
3192
3193 void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
3194 {
3195     if ( m_attrProvider )
3196     {
3197         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col);
3198         m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col);
3199     }
3200     else
3201     {
3202         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3203         // free it now
3204         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3205     }
3206 }
3207
3208 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3209                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3210 {
3211     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") );
3212
3213     return false;
3214 }
3215
3216 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3217 {
3218     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3219
3220     return false;
3221 }
3222
3223 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3224                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3225 {
3226     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3227
3228     return false;
3229 }
3230
3231 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3232                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3233 {
3234     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3235
3236     return false;
3237 }
3238
3239 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3240 {
3241     wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3242
3243     return false;
3244 }
3245
3246 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3247                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3248 {
3249     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3250
3251     return false;
3252 }
3253
3254 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3255 {
3256     wxString s;
3257
3258     // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users,
3259     // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks.
3260     s << row + 1;
3261
3262     return s;
3263 }
3264
3265 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3266 {
3267     // default col labels are:
3268     //   cols 0 to 25   : A-Z
3269     //   cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ
3270     //   etc.
3271
3272     wxString s;
3273     unsigned int i, n;
3274     for ( n = 1; ; n++ )
3275     {
3276         s += (wxChar) (_T('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26));
3277         col = col / 26 - 1;
3278         if ( col < 0 )
3279             break;
3280     }
3281
3282     // reverse the string...
3283     wxString s2;
3284     for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
3285     {
3286         s2 += s[n - i - 1];
3287     }
3288
3289     return s2;
3290 }
3291
3292 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3293 {
3294     return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3295 }
3296
3297 bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3298                                      const wxString& typeName )
3299 {
3300     return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3301 }
3302
3303 bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName )
3304 {
3305     return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName);
3306 }
3307
3308 long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3309 {
3310     return 0;
3311 }
3312
3313 double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3314 {
3315     return 0.0;
3316 }
3317
3318 bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3319 {
3320     return false;
3321 }
3322
3323 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3324                                       long WXUNUSED(value) )
3325 {
3326 }
3327
3328 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3329                                         double WXUNUSED(value) )
3330 {
3331 }
3332
3333 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3334                                       bool WXUNUSED(value) )
3335 {
3336 }
3337
3338 void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3339                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) )
3340 {
3341     return NULL;
3342 }
3343
3344 void  wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3345                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName),
3346                                          void* WXUNUSED(value) )
3347 {
3348 }
3349
3350 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3351 //
3352 // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications
3353 // to the grid view
3354 //
3355
3356 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage()
3357 {
3358     m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
3359     m_id = -1;
3360     m_comInt1 = -1;
3361     m_comInt2 = -1;
3362 }
3363
3364 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id,
3365                                         int commandInt1, int commandInt2 )
3366 {
3367     m_table = table;
3368     m_id = id;
3369     m_comInt1 = commandInt1;
3370     m_comInt2 = commandInt2;
3371 }
3372
3373 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3374 //
3375 // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will
3376 // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class.
3377 //
3378
3379 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray)
3380
3381 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase )
3382
3383 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable()
3384         : wxGridTableBase()
3385 {
3386 }
3387
3388 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols )
3389         : wxGridTableBase()
3390 {
3391     m_data.Alloc( numRows );
3392
3393     wxArrayString sa;
3394     sa.Alloc( numCols );
3395     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3396
3397     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3398 }
3399
3400 wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable()
3401 {
3402 }
3403
3404 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows()
3405 {
3406     return m_data.GetCount();
3407 }
3408
3409 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols()
3410 {
3411     if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 )
3412         return m_data[0].GetCount();
3413     else
3414         return 0;
3415 }
3416
3417 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col )
3418 {
3419     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3420                  wxEmptyString,
3421                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3422
3423     return m_data[row][col];
3424 }
3425
3426 void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value )
3427 {
3428     wxCHECK_RET( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3429                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3430
3431     m_data[row][col] = value;
3432 }
3433
3434 bool wxGridStringTable::IsEmptyCell( int row, int col )
3435 {
3436     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3437                  true,
3438                   _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3439
3440     return (m_data[row][col] == wxEmptyString);
3441 }
3442
3443 void wxGridStringTable::Clear()
3444 {
3445     int row, col;
3446     int numRows, numCols;
3447
3448     numRows = m_data.GetCount();
3449     if ( numRows > 0 )
3450     {
3451         numCols = m_data[0].GetCount();
3452
3453         for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ )
3454         {
3455             for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ )
3456             {
3457                 m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString;
3458             }
3459         }
3460     }
3461 }
3462
3463 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3464 {
3465     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3466     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3467                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3468
3469     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3470     {
3471         return AppendRows( numRows );
3472     }
3473
3474     wxArrayString sa;
3475     sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3476     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3477     m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows );
3478
3479     if ( GetView() )
3480     {
3481         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3482                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED,
3483                                 pos,
3484                                 numRows );
3485
3486         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3487     }
3488
3489     return true;
3490 }
3491
3492 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows )
3493 {
3494     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3495     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3496                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3497                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3498
3499     wxArrayString sa;
3500     if ( curNumCols > 0 )
3501     {
3502         sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3503         sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3504     }
3505
3506     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3507
3508     if ( GetView() )
3509     {
3510         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3511                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED,
3512                                 numRows );
3513
3514         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3515     }
3516
3517     return true;
3518 }
3519
3520 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3521 {
3522     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3523
3524     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3525     {
3526         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3527                     (
3528                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"),
3529                         (unsigned long)pos,
3530                         (unsigned long)numRows,
3531                         (unsigned long)curNumRows
3532                     ) );
3533
3534         return false;
3535     }
3536
3537     if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos )
3538     {
3539         numRows = curNumRows - pos;
3540     }
3541
3542     if ( numRows >= curNumRows )
3543     {
3544         m_data.Clear();
3545     }
3546     else
3547     {
3548         m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
3549     }
3550
3551     if ( GetView() )
3552     {
3553         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3554                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED,
3555                                 pos,
3556                                 numRows );
3557
3558         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3559     }
3560
3561     return true;
3562 }
3563
3564 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3565 {
3566     size_t row, col;
3567
3568     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3569     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3570                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3571                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3572
3573     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3574     {
3575         return AppendCols( numCols );
3576     }
3577
3578     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
3579     {
3580         m_colLabels.Insert( wxEmptyString, pos, numCols );
3581
3582         size_t i;
3583         for ( i = pos; i < pos + numCols; i++ )
3584             m_colLabels[i] = wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( i );
3585     }
3586
3587     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3588     {
3589         for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ )
3590         {
3591             m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col );
3592         }
3593     }
3594
3595     if ( GetView() )
3596     {
3597         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3598                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED,
3599                                 pos,
3600                                 numCols );
3601
3602         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3603     }
3604
3605     return true;
3606 }
3607
3608 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols )
3609 {
3610     size_t row;
3611
3612     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3613
3614 #if 0
3615     if ( !curNumRows )
3616     {
3617         // TODO: something better than this ?
3618         //
3619         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\nCall AppendRows() first") );
3620         return false;
3621     }
3622 #endif
3623
3624     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3625     {
3626         m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3627     }
3628
3629     if ( GetView() )
3630     {
3631         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3632                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED,
3633                                 numCols );
3634
3635         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3636     }
3637
3638     return true;
3639 }
3640
3641 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3642 {
3643     size_t row;
3644
3645     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3646     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3647                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3648
3649     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3650     {
3651         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3652                     (
3653                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"),
3654                         (unsigned long)pos,
3655                         (unsigned long)numCols,
3656                         (unsigned long)curNumCols
3657                     ) );
3658         return false;
3659     }
3660
3661     int colID;
3662     if ( GetView() )
3663         colID = GetView()->GetColAt( pos );
3664     else
3665         colID = pos;
3666
3667     if ( numCols > curNumCols - colID )
3668     {
3669         numCols = curNumCols - colID;
3670     }
3671
3672     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
3673     {
3674         // m_colLabels stores just as many elements as it needs, e.g. if only
3675         // the label of the first column had been set it would have only one
3676         // element and not numCols, so account for it
3677         int nToRm = m_colLabels.size() - colID;
3678         if ( nToRm > 0 )
3679             m_colLabels.RemoveAt( colID, nToRm );
3680     }
3681
3682     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3683     {
3684         if ( numCols >= curNumCols )
3685         {
3686             m_data[row].Clear();
3687         }
3688         else
3689         {
3690             m_data[row].RemoveAt( colID, numCols );
3691         }
3692     }
3693
3694     if ( GetView() )
3695     {
3696         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3697                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED,
3698                                 pos,
3699                                 numCols );
3700
3701         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3702     }
3703
3704     return true;
3705 }
3706
3707 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3708 {
3709     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3710     {
3711         // using default label
3712         //
3713         return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row );
3714     }
3715     else
3716     {
3717         return m_rowLabels[row];
3718     }
3719 }
3720
3721 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3722 {
3723     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3724     {
3725         // using default label
3726         //
3727         return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col );
3728     }
3729     else
3730     {
3731         return m_colLabels[col];
3732     }
3733 }
3734
3735 void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value )
3736 {
3737     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3738     {
3739         int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount();
3740         int i;
3741
3742         for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ )
3743         {
3744             m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) );
3745         }
3746     }
3747
3748     m_rowLabels[row] = value;
3749 }
3750
3751 void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value )
3752 {
3753     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3754     {
3755         int n = m_colLabels.GetCount();
3756         int i;
3757
3758         for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ )
3759         {
3760             m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) );
3761         }
3762     }
3763
3764     m_colLabels[col] = value;
3765 }
3766
3767
3768 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3769 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3770
3771 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridSubwindow, wxWindow)
3772     EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST(wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost)
3773 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3774
3775 void wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
3776 {
3777     m_owner->CancelMouseCapture();
3778 }
3779
3780 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3781
3782 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3783     EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3784     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3785     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3786 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3787
3788 wxGridRowLabelWindow::wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3789                                             wxWindowID id,
3790                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3791   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3792 {
3793     m_owner = parent;
3794 }
3795
3796 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3797 {
3798     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3799
3800     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3801     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3802     // set the y coord  - MB
3803     //
3804     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3805
3806     int x, y;
3807     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3808     wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
3809     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x, pt.y-y );
3810
3811     wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3812     m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows );
3813 }
3814
3815 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3816 {
3817     m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event );
3818 }
3819
3820 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3821 {
3822     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3823 }
3824
3825 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3826
3827 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3828
3829 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3830     EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3831     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3832     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3833 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3834
3835 wxGridColLabelWindow::wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3836                                             wxWindowID id,
3837                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3838   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3839 {
3840     m_owner = parent;
3841 }
3842
3843 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3844 {
3845     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3846
3847     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3848     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3849     // set the x coord  - MB
3850     //
3851     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3852
3853     int x, y;
3854     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3855     wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
3856     if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
3857         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x+x, pt.y );
3858     else
3859         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x-x, pt.y );
3860
3861     wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3862     m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols );
3863 }
3864
3865 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3866 {
3867     m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event );
3868 }
3869
3870 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3871 {
3872     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3873 }
3874
3875 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3876
3877 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3878
3879 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3880     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3881     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3882     EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3883 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3884
3885 wxGridCornerLabelWindow::wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3886                                                   wxWindowID id,
3887                                                   const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3888   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3889 {
3890     m_owner = parent;
3891 }
3892
3893 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3894 {
3895     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3896
3897     int client_height = 0;
3898     int client_width = 0;
3899     GetClientSize( &client_width, &client_height );
3900
3901     // VZ: any reason for this ifdef? (FIXME)
3902 #if 0
3903 def __WXGTK__
3904     wxRect rect;
3905     rect.SetX( 1 );
3906     rect.SetY( 1 );
3907     rect.SetWidth( client_width - 2 );
3908     rect.SetHeight( client_height - 2 );
3909
3910     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( this, dc, rect, 0 );
3911 #else // !__WXGTK__
3912     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID) );
3913     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, client_width - 1, 0 );
3914     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, 0, client_height - 1 );
3915     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, client_width, 0 );
3916     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, client_height );
3917
3918     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
3919     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, client_width - 1, 1 );
3920     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, 1, client_height - 1 );
3921 #endif
3922 }
3923
3924 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3925 {
3926     m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event );
3927 }
3928
3929 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3930 {
3931     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3932 }
3933
3934 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3935
3936 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
3937
3938 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3939     EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint )
3940     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3941     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3942     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown )
3943     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp )
3944     EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar )
3945     EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
3946     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
3947     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground )
3948 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3949
3950 wxGridWindow::wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3951                             wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
3952                             wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
3953                             wxWindowID id,
3954                             const wxPoint &pos,
3955                             const wxSize &size )
3956             : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size,
3957                               wxWANTS_CHARS | wxCLIP_CHILDREN,
3958                               wxT("grid window") )
3959 {
3960     m_owner = parent;
3961     m_rowLabelWin = rowLblWin;
3962     m_colLabelWin = colLblWin;
3963 }
3964
3965 void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
3966 {
3967     wxPaintDC dc( this );
3968     m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3969     wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion();
3970     wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg );
3971     m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells );
3972
3973 #if WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
3974     m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg );
3975 #endif
3976
3977     m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc );
3978     m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells );
3979 }
3980
3981 void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect )
3982 {
3983     wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect );
3984     m_rowLabelWin->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect );
3985     m_colLabelWin->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect );
3986 }
3987
3988 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3989 {
3990     if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this)
3991         SetFocus();
3992
3993     m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event );
3994 }
3995
3996 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3997 {
3998     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3999 }
4000
4001 // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse
4002 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
4003 //
4004 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
4005 {
4006     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4007         event.Skip();
4008 }
4009
4010 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
4011 {
4012     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4013         event.Skip();
4014 }
4015
4016 void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
4017 {
4018     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4019         event.Skip();
4020 }
4021
4022 void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
4023 {
4024 }
4025
4026 void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
4027 {
4028     // and if we have any selection, it has to be repainted, because it
4029     // uses different colour when the grid is not focused:
4030     if ( m_owner->IsSelection() )
4031     {
4032         Refresh();
4033     }
4034     else
4035     {
4036         // NB: Note that this code is in "else" branch only because the other
4037         //     branch refreshes everything and so there's no point in calling
4038         //     Refresh() again, *not* because it should only be done if
4039         //     !IsSelection(). If the above code is ever optimized to refresh
4040         //     only selected area, this needs to be moved out of the "else"
4041         //     branch so that it's always executed.
4042
4043         // current cell cursor {dis,re}appears on focus change:
4044         const wxGridCellCoords cursorCoords(m_owner->GetGridCursorRow(),
4045                                             m_owner->GetGridCursorCol());
4046         const wxRect cursor =
4047             m_owner->BlockToDeviceRect(cursorCoords, cursorCoords);
4048         Refresh(true, &cursor);
4049     }
4050
4051     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4052         event.Skip();
4053 }
4054
4055 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4056
4057 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
4058 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
4059 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
4060 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
4061
4062 // Internal helper macros for simpler use of that function
4063
4064 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
4065                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
4066                            bool clipToMinMax);
4067
4068 #define internalXToCol(x) XToCol(x, true)
4069 #define internalYToRow(y) CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, \
4070                                           m_minAcceptableRowHeight, \
4071                                           m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, true)
4072
4073 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4074
4075 #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
4076 WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4077
4078 wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4079     // new style border flags, we put them first to
4080     // use them for streaming out
4081     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE)
4082     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN)
4083     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE)
4084     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
4085     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
4086     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
4087
4088     // old style border flags
4089     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
4090     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
4091     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER)
4092     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER)
4093     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER)
4094     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER)
4095
4096     // standard window styles
4097     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
4098     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
4099     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW)
4100     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS)
4101     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
4102     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB)
4103     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL)
4104     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL)
4105
4106 wxEND_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4107
4108 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow,"wx/grid.h")
4109
4110 wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGrid)
4111     wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children )
4112     wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGridStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style
4113 wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
4114
4115 wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid)
4116 wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
4117
4118 wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )
4119
4120 /*
4121  TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout, etc. via appropriate objects (e.g., NotebookPageInfo)
4122 */
4123 #else
4124 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4125 #endif
4126
4127 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4128     EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint )
4129     EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize )
4130     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown )
4131     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp )
4132     EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar )
4133     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground )
4134 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4135
4136 wxGrid::wxGrid()
4137 {
4138     InitVars();
4139 }
4140
4141 wxGrid::wxGrid( wxWindow *parent,
4142                  wxWindowID id,
4143                  const wxPoint& pos,
4144                  const wxSize& size,
4145                  long style,
4146                  const wxString& name )
4147 {
4148     InitVars();
4149     Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
4150 }
4151
4152 bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
4153                           const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
4154                           long style, const wxString& name)
4155 {
4156     if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size,
4157                                   style | wxWANTS_CHARS, name))
4158         return false;
4159
4160     m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4161     m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4162
4163     Create();
4164     SetInitialSize(size);
4165     CalcDimensions();
4166
4167     return true;
4168 }
4169
4170 wxGrid::~wxGrid()
4171 {
4172     // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler
4173     SetTargetWindow(this);
4174     ClearAttrCache();
4175     wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr);
4176
4177 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
4178     size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses;
4179     wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: "
4180                 "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"),
4181              total, gs_nAttrCacheHits,
4182              total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0);
4183 #endif
4184
4185     // if we own the table, just delete it, otherwise at least don't leave it
4186     // with dangling view pointer
4187     if ( m_ownTable )
4188         delete m_table;
4189     else if ( m_table && m_table->GetView() == this )
4190         m_table->SetView(NULL);
4191
4192     delete m_typeRegistry;
4193     delete m_selection;
4194 }
4195
4196 //
4197 // ----- internal init and update functions
4198 //
4199
4200 // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can
4201 // be removed as well as the #else cases below.
4202 #define _USE_VISATTR 0
4203
4204 void wxGrid::Create()
4205 {
4206     // create the type registry
4207     m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry;
4208
4209     m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
4210
4211     m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr();
4212
4213     // Set default cell attributes
4214     m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
4215     m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default);
4216     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont());
4217     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP);
4218     m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer);
4219     m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor);
4220
4221 #if _USE_VISATTR
4222     wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4223     wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4224
4225     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg);
4226     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg);
4227
4228 #else
4229     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(
4230         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT));
4231     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(
4232         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW));
4233 #endif
4234
4235     m_numRows = 0;
4236     m_numCols = 0;
4237     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4238
4239     m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4240     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4241
4242     // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid
4243     m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this,
4244                                               wxID_ANY,
4245                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4246                                               wxDefaultSize );
4247
4248     m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this,
4249                                               wxID_ANY,
4250                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4251                                               wxDefaultSize );
4252
4253     m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this,
4254                                                     wxID_ANY,
4255                                                     wxDefaultPosition,
4256                                                     wxDefaultSize );
4257
4258     m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this,
4259                                   m_rowLabelWin,
4260                                   m_colLabelWin,
4261                                   wxID_ANY,
4262                                   wxDefaultPosition,
4263                                   wxDefaultSize );
4264
4265     SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin );
4266
4267 #if _USE_VISATTR
4268     wxColour gfg = gva.colFg;
4269     wxColour gbg = gva.colBg;
4270     wxColour lfg = lva.colFg;
4271     wxColour lbg = lva.colBg;
4272 #else
4273     wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4274     wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW );
4275     wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4276     wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE );
4277 #endif
4278
4279     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4280     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4281     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4282     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4283     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4284     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4285
4286     m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg);
4287     m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg);
4288
4289     Init();
4290 }
4291
4292 bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols,
4293                          wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4294 {
4295     wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created,
4296                  false,
4297                  wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") );
4298
4299     m_numRows = numRows;
4300     m_numCols = numCols;
4301
4302     m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols );
4303     m_table->SetView( this );
4304     m_ownTable = true;
4305     m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4306
4307     CalcDimensions();
4308
4309     m_created = true;
4310
4311     return m_created;
4312 }
4313
4314 void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode)
4315 {
4316     wxCHECK_RET( m_created,
4317                  wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4318
4319     m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode );
4320 }
4321
4322 wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const
4323 {
4324     wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells,
4325                  wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4326
4327     return m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
4328 }
4329
4330 bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership,
4331                        wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4332 {
4333     bool checkSelection = false;
4334     if ( m_created )
4335     {
4336         // stop all processing
4337         m_created = false;
4338
4339         if (m_table)
4340         {
4341             m_table->SetView(0);
4342             if( m_ownTable )
4343                 delete m_table;
4344             m_table = NULL;
4345         }
4346
4347         delete m_selection;
4348         m_selection = NULL;
4349
4350         m_ownTable = false;
4351         m_numRows = 0;
4352         m_numCols = 0;
4353         checkSelection = true;
4354
4355         // kill row and column size arrays
4356         m_colWidths.Empty();
4357         m_colRights.Empty();
4358         m_rowHeights.Empty();
4359         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4360     }
4361
4362     if (table)
4363     {
4364         m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows();
4365         m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols();
4366
4367         m_table = table;
4368         m_table->SetView( this );
4369         m_ownTable = takeOwnership;
4370         m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4371         if (checkSelection)
4372         {
4373             // If the newly set table is smaller than the
4374             // original one current cell and selection regions
4375             // might be invalid,
4376             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4377             m_currentCellCoords =
4378               wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows, m_currentCellCoords.GetRow()),
4379                                wxMin(m_numCols, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol()));
4380             if (m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() >= m_numRows ||
4381                 m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() >= m_numCols)
4382             {
4383                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4384                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4385             }
4386             else
4387                 m_selectingBottomRight =
4388                   wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows,
4389                                          m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow()),
4390                                    wxMin(m_numCols,
4391                                          m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol()));
4392         }
4393         CalcDimensions();
4394
4395         m_created = true;
4396     }
4397
4398     return m_created;
4399 }
4400
4401 void wxGrid::InitVars()
4402 {
4403     m_created = false;
4404
4405     m_cornerLabelWin = NULL;
4406     m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
4407     m_colLabelWin = NULL;
4408     m_gridWin = NULL;
4409
4410     m_table = NULL;
4411     m_ownTable = false;
4412
4413     m_selection = NULL;
4414     m_defaultCellAttr = NULL;
4415     m_typeRegistry = NULL;
4416     m_winCapture = NULL;
4417 }
4418
4419 void wxGrid::Init()
4420 {
4421     m_rowLabelWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4422     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4423
4424     if ( m_rowLabelWin )
4425     {
4426         m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour();
4427     }
4428     else
4429     {
4430         m_labelBackgroundColour = *wxWHITE;
4431     }
4432
4433     m_labelTextColour = *wxBLACK;
4434
4435     // init attr cache
4436     m_attrCache.row = -1;
4437     m_attrCache.col = -1;
4438     m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
4439
4440     // TODO: something better than this ?
4441     //
4442     m_labelFont = this->GetFont();
4443     m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD );
4444
4445     m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4446     m_rowLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4447
4448     m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4449     m_colLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4450     m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL;
4451
4452     m_defaultColWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH;
4453     m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight();
4454
4455     m_minAcceptableColWidth  = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH;
4456     m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT;
4457
4458 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)  // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl()
4459     m_defaultRowHeight += 8;
4460 #else
4461     m_defaultRowHeight += 4;
4462 #endif
4463
4464     m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 );
4465     m_gridLinesEnabled = true;
4466     m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK;
4467     m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2;
4468     m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1;
4469
4470     m_canDragColMove = false;
4471
4472     m_cursorMode  = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
4473     m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
4474     m_canDragRowSize = true;
4475     m_canDragColSize = true;
4476     m_canDragGridSize = true;
4477     m_canDragCell = false;
4478     m_dragLastPos  = -1;
4479     m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
4480     m_isDragging = false;
4481     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
4482     m_nativeColumnLabels = false;
4483
4484     m_waitForSlowClick = false;
4485
4486     m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS );
4487     m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
4488
4489     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4490
4491     ClearSelection();
4492
4493     m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT);
4494     m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT);
4495
4496     m_editable = true;  // default for whole grid
4497
4498     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
4499     m_batchCount = 0;
4500
4501     m_extraWidth =
4502     m_extraHeight = 0;
4503
4504     m_scrollLineX = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
4505     m_scrollLineY = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
4506 }
4507
4508 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4509 // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create
4510 // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if
4511 // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these
4512 // arrays at all
4513 //
4514 // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the widths/heights
4515 // different from default ones (resulting in space savings for huge grids) but
4516 // this is not done currently
4517 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4518
4519 void wxGrid::InitRowHeights()
4520 {
4521     m_rowHeights.Empty();
4522     m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4523
4524     m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows );
4525     m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows );
4526
4527     m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows );
4528
4529     int rowBottom = 0;
4530     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4531     {
4532         rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight;
4533         m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom );
4534     }
4535 }
4536
4537 void wxGrid::InitColWidths()
4538 {
4539     m_colWidths.Empty();
4540     m_colRights.Empty();
4541
4542     m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols );
4543     m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols );
4544
4545     m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols );
4546
4547     int colRight = 0;
4548     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4549     {
4550         colRight = ( GetColPos( i ) + 1 ) * m_defaultColWidth;
4551         m_colRights.Add( colRight );
4552     }
4553 }
4554
4555 int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const
4556 {
4557     return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col];
4558 }
4559
4560 int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const
4561 {
4562     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? GetColPos( col ) * m_defaultColWidth
4563                                  : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col];
4564 }
4565
4566 int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const
4567 {
4568     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (GetColPos( col ) + 1) * m_defaultColWidth
4569                                  : m_colRights[col];
4570 }
4571
4572 int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const
4573 {
4574     return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row];
4575 }
4576
4577 int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const
4578 {
4579     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight
4580                                   : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row];
4581 }
4582
4583 int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const
4584 {
4585     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight
4586                                   : m_rowBottoms[row];
4587 }
4588
4589 void wxGrid::CalcDimensions()
4590 {
4591     // compute the size of the scrollable area
4592     int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1)) : 0;
4593     int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
4594
4595     w += m_extraWidth;
4596     h += m_extraHeight;
4597
4598     // take into account editor if shown
4599     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
4600     {
4601         int w2, h2;
4602         int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
4603         int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
4604         int x = GetColLeft(c);
4605         int y = GetRowTop(r);
4606
4607         // how big is the editor
4608         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c);
4609         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c);
4610         editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2);
4611         w2 += x;
4612         h2 += y;
4613         if ( w2 > w )
4614             w = w2;
4615         if ( h2 > h )
4616             h = h2;
4617         editor->DecRef();
4618         attr->DecRef();
4619     }
4620
4621     // preserve (more or less) the previous position
4622     int x, y;
4623     GetViewStart( &x, &y );
4624
4625     // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges
4626     if ( x >= w )
4627         x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 );
4628     if ( y >= h )
4629         y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 );
4630
4631     // do set scrollbar parameters
4632     SetScrollbars( m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY,
4633                    GetScrollX(w), GetScrollY(h),
4634                    x, y,
4635                    GetBatchCount() != 0);
4636
4637     // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we
4638     // still must reposition the children
4639     CalcWindowSizes();
4640 }
4641
4642 void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes()
4643 {
4644     // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet
4645
4646     if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL )
4647         return;
4648
4649     int cw, ch;
4650     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4651
4652     // this block of code tries to work around the following problem: the grid
4653     // could have been just resized to have enough space to show the full grid
4654     // window contents without the scrollbars, but its client size could be
4655     // not big enough because the grid has the scrollbars right now and so the
4656     // scrollbars would remain even though we don't need them any more
4657     //
4658     // to prevent this from happening, check if we have enough space for
4659     // everything without the scrollbars and explicitly disable them then
4660     wxSize size = GetSize() - GetWindowBorderSize();
4661     if ( size != wxSize(cw, ch) )
4662     {
4663         // check if we have enough space for grid window after accounting for
4664         // the fixed size elements
4665         size.x -= m_rowLabelWidth;
4666         size.y -= m_colLabelHeight;
4667
4668         const wxSize vsize = m_gridWin->GetVirtualSize();
4669
4670         if ( size.x >= vsize.x && size.y >= vsize.y )
4671         {
4672             // yes, we do, so remove the scrollbars and use the new client size
4673             // (which should be the same as full window size - borders now)
4674             SetScrollbars(0, 0, 0, 0);
4675             GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
4676         }
4677     }
4678
4679     // the grid may be too small to have enough space for the labels yet, don't
4680     // size the windows to negative sizes in this case
4681     int gw = cw - m_rowLabelWidth;
4682     int gh = ch - m_colLabelHeight;
4683     if (gw < 0)
4684         gw = 0;
4685     if (gh < 0)
4686         gh = 0;
4687
4688     if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() )
4689         m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
4690
4691     if ( m_colLabelWin && m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
4692         m_colLabelWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, gw, m_colLabelHeight );
4693
4694     if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
4695         m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, gh );
4696
4697     if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() )
4698         m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, gw, gh );
4699 }
4700
4701 // this is called when the grid table sends a message
4702 // to indicate that it has been redimensioned
4703 //
4704 bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
4705 {
4706     int i;
4707     bool result = false;
4708
4709     // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different
4710     // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns.
4711     ClearAttrCache();
4712
4713     // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are
4714     // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be
4715     // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes.
4716     // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the
4717     // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist.
4718     HideCellEditControl();
4719
4720 #if 0
4721     // if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them
4722     // now
4723     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4724     {
4725         InitColWidths();
4726     }
4727
4728     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4729     {
4730         InitRowHeights();
4731     }
4732 #endif
4733
4734     switch ( msg.GetId() )
4735     {
4736         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
4737         {
4738             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4739             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4740
4741             m_numRows += numRows;
4742
4743             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4744             {
4745                 m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows );
4746                 m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows );
4747
4748                 int bottom = 0;
4749                 if ( pos > 0 )
4750                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1];
4751
4752                 for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4753                 {
4754                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4755                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4756                 }
4757             }
4758
4759             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4760             {
4761                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4762                 // cell will be undefined...
4763                 //
4764                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4765             }
4766
4767             if ( m_selection )
4768                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows );
4769             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4770             if (attrProvider)
4771                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
4772
4773             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4774             {
4775                 CalcDimensions();
4776                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4777             }
4778         }
4779         result = true;
4780         break;
4781
4782         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
4783         {
4784             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt();
4785             int oldNumRows = m_numRows;
4786             m_numRows += numRows;
4787
4788             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4789             {
4790                 m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows );
4791                 m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows );
4792
4793                 int bottom = 0;
4794                 if ( oldNumRows > 0 )
4795                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1];
4796
4797                 for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4798                 {
4799                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4800                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4801                 }
4802             }
4803
4804             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4805             {
4806                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4807                 // cell will be undefined...
4808                 //
4809                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4810             }
4811
4812             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4813             {
4814                 CalcDimensions();
4815                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4816             }
4817         }
4818         result = true;
4819         break;
4820
4821         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
4822         {
4823             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4824             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4825             m_numRows -= numRows;
4826
4827             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4828             {
4829                 m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4830                 m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4831
4832                 int h = 0;
4833                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4834                 {
4835                     h += m_rowHeights[i];
4836                     m_rowBottoms[i] = h;
4837                 }
4838             }
4839
4840             if ( !m_numRows )
4841             {
4842                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4843             }
4844             else
4845             {
4846                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows )
4847                     m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
4848             }
4849
4850             if ( m_selection )
4851                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4852             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4853             if (attrProvider)
4854             {
4855                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4856
4857 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
4858 #if 0
4859                 // No need to touch column attributes, unless we
4860                 // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove
4861                 // all column attributes.
4862                 // I hate to do this here, but the
4863                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows.
4864                 if ( !GetNumberRows() )
4865                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() );
4866 #endif
4867             }
4868
4869             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4870             {
4871                 CalcDimensions();
4872                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4873             }
4874         }
4875         result = true;
4876         break;
4877
4878         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
4879         {
4880             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4881             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4882             m_numCols += numCols;
4883
4884             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4885             {
4886                 //Shift the column IDs
4887                 int i;
4888                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols - numCols; i++ )
4889                 {
4890                     if ( m_colAt[i] >= (int)pos )
4891                         m_colAt[i] += numCols;
4892                 }
4893
4894                 m_colAt.Insert( pos, pos, numCols );
4895
4896                 //Set the new columns' positions
4897                 for ( i = pos + 1; i < (int)pos + numCols; i++ )
4898                 {
4899                     m_colAt[i] = i;
4900                 }
4901             }
4902
4903             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4904             {
4905                 m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols );
4906                 m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols );
4907
4908                 int right = 0;
4909                 if ( pos > 0 )
4910                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( pos - 1 )];
4911
4912                 int colPos;
4913                 for ( colPos = pos; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4914                 {
4915                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
4916
4917                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4918                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4919                 }
4920             }
4921
4922             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4923             {
4924                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4925                 // cell will be undefined...
4926                 //
4927                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4928             }
4929
4930             if ( m_selection )
4931                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols );
4932             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4933             if (attrProvider)
4934                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
4935             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4936             {
4937                 CalcDimensions();
4938                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4939             }
4940         }
4941         result = true;
4942         break;
4943
4944         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
4945         {
4946             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt();
4947             int oldNumCols = m_numCols;
4948             m_numCols += numCols;
4949
4950             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4951             {
4952                 m_colAt.Add( 0, numCols );
4953
4954                 //Set the new columns' positions
4955                 int i;
4956                 for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4957                 {
4958                     m_colAt[i] = i;
4959                 }
4960             }
4961
4962             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4963             {
4964                 m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols );
4965                 m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols );
4966
4967                 int right = 0;
4968                 if ( oldNumCols > 0 )
4969                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( oldNumCols - 1 )];
4970
4971                 int colPos;
4972                 for ( colPos = oldNumCols; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4973                 {
4974                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
4975
4976                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4977                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4978                 }
4979             }
4980
4981             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4982             {
4983                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4984                 // cell will be undefined...
4985                 //
4986                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4987             }
4988             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4989             {
4990                 CalcDimensions();
4991                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4992             }
4993         }
4994         result = true;
4995         break;
4996
4997         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
4998         {
4999             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
5000             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
5001             m_numCols -= numCols;
5002
5003             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
5004             {
5005                 int colID = GetColAt( pos );
5006
5007                 m_colAt.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5008
5009                 //Shift the column IDs
5010                 int colPos;
5011                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5012                 {
5013                     if ( m_colAt[colPos] > colID )
5014                         m_colAt[colPos] -= numCols;
5015                 }
5016             }
5017
5018             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
5019             {
5020                 m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5021                 m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5022
5023                 int w = 0;
5024                 int colPos;
5025                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5026                 {
5027                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
5028
5029                     w += m_colWidths[i];
5030                     m_colRights[i] = w;
5031                 }
5032             }
5033
5034             if ( !m_numCols )
5035             {
5036                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5037             }
5038             else
5039             {
5040                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols )
5041                   m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
5042             }
5043
5044             if ( m_selection )
5045                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
5046             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
5047             if (attrProvider)
5048             {
5049                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
5050
5051 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
5052 #if 0
5053                 // No need to touch row attributes, unless we
5054                 // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove
5055                 // all row attributes.
5056                 // I hate to do this here, but the
5057                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols.
5058                 if ( !GetNumberCols() )
5059                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() );
5060 #endif
5061             }
5062
5063             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5064             {
5065                 CalcDimensions();
5066                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
5067             }
5068         }
5069         result = true;
5070         break;
5071     }
5072
5073     if (result && !GetBatchCount() )
5074         m_gridWin->Refresh();
5075
5076     return result;
5077 }
5078
5079 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5080 {
5081     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5082     wxRect r;
5083
5084     wxArrayInt  rowlabels;
5085
5086     int top, bottom;
5087     while ( iter )
5088     {
5089         r = iter.GetRect();
5090
5091         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5092         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5093         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5094         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5095         //
5096 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5097         int cw, ch;
5098         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5099         if ( r.GetTop() > ch )
5100             r.SetTop( 0 );
5101         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5102 #endif
5103
5104         // logical bounds of update region
5105         //
5106         int dummy;
5107         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top );
5108         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom );
5109
5110         // find the row labels within these bounds
5111         //
5112         int row;
5113         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5114         {
5115             if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top )
5116                 continue;
5117
5118             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5119                 break;
5120
5121             rowlabels.Add( row );
5122         }
5123
5124         ++iter;
5125     }
5126
5127     return rowlabels;
5128 }
5129
5130 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5131 {
5132     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5133     wxRect r;
5134
5135     wxArrayInt colLabels;
5136
5137     int left, right;
5138     while ( iter )
5139     {
5140         r = iter.GetRect();
5141
5142         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5143         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5144         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5145         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5146         //
5147 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5148         int cw, ch;
5149         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5150         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw )
5151             r.SetLeft( 0 );
5152         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5153 #endif
5154
5155         // logical bounds of update region
5156         //
5157         int dummy;
5158         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy );
5159         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy );
5160
5161         // find the cells within these bounds
5162         //
5163         int col;
5164         int colPos;
5165         for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5166         {
5167             col = GetColAt( colPos );
5168
5169             if ( GetColRight(col) < left )
5170                 continue;
5171
5172             if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5173                 break;
5174
5175             colLabels.Add( col );
5176         }
5177
5178         ++iter;
5179     }
5180
5181     return colLabels;
5182 }
5183
5184 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5185 {
5186     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5187     wxRect r;
5188
5189     wxGridCellCoordsArray  cellsExposed;
5190
5191     int left, top, right, bottom;
5192     while ( iter )
5193     {
5194         r = iter.GetRect();
5195
5196         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5197         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5198         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5199         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5200         //
5201 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5202         int cw, ch;
5203         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5204         if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
5205         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
5206         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5207         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5208 #endif
5209
5210         // logical bounds of update region
5211         //
5212         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
5213         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
5214
5215         // find the cells within these bounds
5216         //
5217         int row, col;
5218         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5219         {
5220             if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top )
5221                 continue;
5222
5223             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5224                 break;
5225
5226             int colPos;
5227             for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5228             {
5229                 col = GetColAt( colPos );
5230
5231                 if ( GetColRight(col) <= left )
5232                     continue;
5233
5234                 if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5235                     break;
5236
5237                 cellsExposed.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) );
5238             }
5239         }
5240
5241         ++iter;
5242     }
5243
5244     return cellsExposed;
5245 }
5246
5247
5248 void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5249 {
5250     int x, y, row;
5251     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5252     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5253
5254     if ( event.Dragging() )
5255     {
5256         if (!m_isDragging)
5257         {
5258             m_isDragging = true;
5259             m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5260         }
5261
5262         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5263         {
5264             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5265             {
5266                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5267                 {
5268                     int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5269                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5270                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5271
5272                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5273                     PrepareDC( dc );
5274                     y = wxMax( y,
5275                                GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5276                                GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5277                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5278                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5279                     {
5280                         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5281                     }
5282                     dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
5283                     m_dragLastPos = y;
5284                 }
5285                 break;
5286
5287                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5288                 {
5289                     if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 )
5290                     {
5291                         if ( m_selection )
5292                         {
5293                             m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5294                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5295                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5296                                                     event.AltDown(),
5297                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5298                         }
5299                     }
5300                 }
5301                 break;
5302
5303                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5304                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5305                 default:
5306                     break;
5307             }
5308         }
5309         return;
5310     }
5311
5312     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5313         return;
5314
5315     if (m_isDragging)
5316     {
5317         if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture())
5318             m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5319         m_isDragging = false;
5320     }
5321
5322     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5323     //
5324     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5325     {
5326         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5327     }
5328
5329     // ------------ Left button pressed
5330     //
5331     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5332     {
5333         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5334         // edge of the row label - this is probably the user
5335         // wanting to resize the row
5336         //
5337         if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5338         {
5339             row = YToRow(y);
5340             if ( row >= 0 &&
5341                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5342             {
5343                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5344                     ClearSelection();
5345                 if ( m_selection )
5346                 {
5347                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5348                     {
5349                         m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
5350                                                   0,
5351                                                   row,
5352                                                   GetNumberCols() - 1,
5353                                                   event.ControlDown(),
5354                                                   event.ShiftDown(),
5355                                                   event.AltDown(),
5356                                                   event.MetaDown() );
5357                     }
5358                     else
5359                     {
5360                         m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5361                                                 event.ControlDown(),
5362                                                 event.ShiftDown(),
5363                                                 event.AltDown(),
5364                                                 event.MetaDown() );
5365                     }
5366                 }
5367
5368                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5369             }
5370         }
5371         else
5372         {
5373             // starting to drag-resize a row
5374             if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5375                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5376         }
5377     }
5378
5379     // ------------ Left double click
5380     //
5381     else if (event.LeftDClick() )
5382     {
5383         row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
5384         if ( row < 0 )
5385         {
5386             row = YToRow(y);
5387             if ( row >=0 &&
5388                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5389             {
5390                 // no default action at the moment
5391             }
5392         }
5393         else
5394         {
5395             // adjust row height depending on label text
5396             AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row );
5397
5398             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5399             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5400         }
5401     }
5402
5403     // ------------ Left button released
5404     //
5405     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5406     {
5407         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5408         {
5409             DoEndDragResizeRow();
5410
5411             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5412             // default processing in this case
5413             //
5414             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
5415         }
5416
5417         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5418         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5419     }
5420
5421     // ------------ Right button down
5422     //
5423     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5424     {
5425         row = YToRow(y);
5426         if ( row >=0 &&
5427              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5428         {
5429             // no default action at the moment
5430         }
5431     }
5432
5433     // ------------ Right double click
5434     //
5435     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5436     {
5437         row = YToRow(y);
5438         if ( row >= 0 &&
5439              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5440         {
5441             // no default action at the moment
5442         }
5443     }
5444
5445     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5446     //
5447     else if ( event.Moving() )
5448     {
5449         m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
5450         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5451         {
5452             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5453             {
5454                 // don't capture the mouse yet
5455                 if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5456                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5457             }
5458         }
5459         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5460         {
5461             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5462         }
5463     }
5464 }
5465
5466 void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5467 {
5468     int x, y, col;
5469     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5470     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5471
5472     if ( event.Dragging() )
5473     {
5474         if (!m_isDragging)
5475         {
5476             m_isDragging = true;
5477             m_colLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5478
5479             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL )
5480                 m_dragRowOrCol = XToCol( x );
5481         }
5482
5483         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5484         {
5485             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5486             {
5487                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5488                 {
5489                     int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5490                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5491                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5492
5493                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5494                     PrepareDC( dc );
5495
5496                     x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5497                                   GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
5498                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5499                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5500                     {
5501                         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
5502                     }
5503                     dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
5504                     m_dragLastPos = x;
5505                 }
5506                 break;
5507
5508                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5509                 {
5510                     if ( (col = XToCol( x )) >= 0 )
5511                     {
5512                         if ( m_selection )
5513                         {
5514                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5515                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5516                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5517                                                     event.AltDown(),
5518                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5519                         }
5520                     }
5521                 }
5522                 break;
5523
5524                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5525                 {
5526                     if ( x < 0 )
5527                         m_moveToCol = GetColAt( 0 );
5528                     else
5529                         m_moveToCol = XToCol( x );
5530
5531                     int markerX;
5532
5533                     if ( m_moveToCol < 0 )
5534                         markerX = GetColRight( GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) );
5535                     else
5536                         markerX = GetColLeft( m_moveToCol );
5537
5538                     if ( markerX != m_dragLastPos )
5539                     {
5540                         wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
5541
5542                         int cw, ch;
5543                         m_colLabelWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5544
5545                         markerX++;
5546
5547                         //Clean up the last indicator
5548                         if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5549                         {
5550                             wxPen pen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 2 );
5551                             dc.SetPen(pen);
5552                             dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos + 1, 0, m_dragLastPos + 1, ch );
5553                             dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
5554
5555                             if ( XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) != -1 )
5556                                 DrawColLabel( dc, XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) );
5557                         }
5558
5559                         //Moving to the same place? Don't draw a marker
5560                         if ( (m_moveToCol == m_dragRowOrCol)
5561                           || (GetColPos( m_moveToCol ) == GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) + 1)
5562                           || (m_moveToCol < 0 && m_dragRowOrCol == GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )))
5563                         {
5564                             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5565                             return;
5566                         }
5567
5568                         //Draw the marker
5569                         wxPen pen( *wxBLUE, 2 );
5570                         dc.SetPen(pen);
5571
5572                         dc.DrawLine( markerX, 0, markerX, ch );
5573
5574                         dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
5575
5576                         m_dragLastPos = markerX - 1;
5577                     }
5578                 }
5579                 break;
5580
5581                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5582                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5583                 default:
5584                     break;
5585             }
5586         }
5587         return;
5588     }
5589
5590     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5591         return;
5592
5593     if (m_isDragging)
5594     {
5595         if (m_colLabelWin->HasCapture())
5596             m_colLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5597         m_isDragging = false;
5598     }
5599
5600     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5601     //
5602     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5603     {
5604         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5605     }
5606
5607     // ------------ Left button pressed
5608     //
5609     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5610     {
5611         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5612         // edge of the col label - this is probably the user
5613         // wanting to resize the col
5614         //
5615         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 )
5616         {
5617             col = XToCol(x);
5618             if ( col >= 0 &&
5619                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5620             {
5621                 if ( m_canDragColMove )
5622                 {
5623                     //Show button as pressed
5624                     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
5625                     int colLeft = GetColLeft( col );
5626                     int colRight = GetColRight( col ) - 1;
5627                     dc.SetPen( wxPen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 1 ) );
5628                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
5629                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
5630
5631                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5632                 }
5633                 else
5634                 {
5635                     if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5636                         ClearSelection();
5637                     if ( m_selection )
5638                     {
5639                         if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5640                         {
5641                             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0,
5642                                                       m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
5643                                                       GetNumberRows() - 1, col,
5644                                                       event.ControlDown(),
5645                                                       event.ShiftDown(),
5646                                                       event.AltDown(),
5647                                                       event.MetaDown() );
5648                         }
5649                         else
5650                         {
5651                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5652                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5653                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5654                                                     event.AltDown(),
5655                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5656                         }
5657                     }
5658
5659                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5660                 }
5661             }
5662         }
5663         else
5664         {
5665             // starting to drag-resize a col
5666             //
5667             if ( CanDragColSize() )
5668                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5669         }
5670     }
5671
5672     // ------------ Left double click
5673     //
5674     if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5675     {
5676         col = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
5677         if ( col < 0 )
5678         {
5679             col = XToCol(x);
5680             if ( col >= 0 &&
5681                  ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5682             {
5683                 // no default action at the moment
5684             }
5685         }
5686         else
5687         {
5688             // adjust column width depending on label text
5689             AutoSizeColLabelSize( col );
5690
5691             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5692             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5693         }
5694     }
5695
5696     // ------------ Left button released
5697     //
5698     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5699     {
5700         switch ( m_cursorMode )
5701         {
5702             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5703                 DoEndDragResizeCol();
5704
5705                 // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5706                 // default processing in this case
5707                 //
5708                 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5709                 break;
5710
5711             case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5712                 DoEndDragMoveCol();
5713
5714                 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5715                 break;
5716
5717             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5718             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL:
5719             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5720             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5721                 // nothing to do (?)
5722                 break;
5723         }
5724
5725         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5726         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5727     }
5728
5729     // ------------ Right button down
5730     //
5731     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5732     {
5733         col = XToCol(x);
5734         if ( col >= 0 &&
5735              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5736         {
5737             // no default action at the moment
5738         }
5739     }
5740
5741     // ------------ Right double click
5742     //
5743     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5744     {
5745         col = XToCol(x);
5746         if ( col >= 0 &&
5747              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5748         {
5749             // no default action at the moment
5750         }
5751     }
5752
5753     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5754     //
5755     else if ( event.Moving() )
5756     {
5757         m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
5758         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5759         {
5760             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5761             {
5762                 // don't capture the cursor yet
5763                 if ( CanDragColSize() )
5764                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5765             }
5766         }
5767         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5768         {
5769             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5770         }
5771     }
5772 }
5773
5774 void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5775 {
5776     if ( event.LeftDown() )
5777     {
5778         // indicate corner label by having both row and
5779         // col args == -1
5780         //
5781         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5782         {
5783             SelectAll();
5784         }
5785     }
5786     else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5787     {
5788         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event );
5789     }
5790     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5791     {
5792         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5793         {
5794             // no default action at the moment
5795         }
5796     }
5797     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5798     {
5799         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5800         {
5801             // no default action at the moment
5802         }
5803     }
5804 }
5805
5806 void wxGrid::CancelMouseCapture()
5807 {
5808     // cancel operation currently in progress, whatever it is
5809     if ( m_winCapture )
5810     {
5811         m_isDragging = false;
5812         m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
5813         m_winCapture->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5814         m_winCapture = NULL;
5815
5816         // remove traces of whatever we drew on screen
5817         Refresh();
5818     }
5819 }
5820
5821 void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode,
5822                               wxWindow *win,
5823                               bool captureMouse)
5824 {
5825 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
5826     static const wxChar *cursorModes[] =
5827     {
5828         _T("SELECT_CELL"),
5829         _T("RESIZE_ROW"),
5830         _T("RESIZE_COL"),
5831         _T("SELECT_ROW"),
5832         _T("SELECT_COL"),
5833         _T("MOVE_COL"),
5834     };
5835
5836     wxLogTrace(_T("grid"),
5837                _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"),
5838                win == m_colLabelWin ? _T("colLabelWin")
5839                                     : win ? _T("rowLabelWin")
5840                                           : _T("gridWin"),
5841                cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]);
5842 #endif
5843
5844     if ( mode == m_cursorMode &&
5845          win == m_winCapture &&
5846          captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL))
5847         return;
5848
5849     if ( !win )
5850     {
5851         // by default use the grid itself
5852         win = m_gridWin;
5853     }
5854
5855     if ( m_winCapture )
5856     {
5857         if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
5858             m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
5859         m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
5860     }
5861
5862     m_cursorMode = mode;
5863
5864     switch ( m_cursorMode )
5865     {
5866         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5867             win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor );
5868             break;
5869
5870         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5871             win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor );
5872             break;
5873
5874         case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5875             win->SetCursor( wxCursor(wxCURSOR_HAND) );
5876             break;
5877
5878         default:
5879             win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5880             break;
5881     }
5882
5883     // we need to capture mouse when resizing
5884     bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ||
5885                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL;
5886
5887     if ( captureMouse && resize )
5888     {
5889         win->CaptureMouse();
5890         m_winCapture = win;
5891     }
5892 }
5893
5894 void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5895 {
5896     int x, y;
5897     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5898     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5899
5900     wxGridCellCoords coords;
5901     XYToCell( x, y, coords );
5902
5903     int cell_rows, cell_cols;
5904     bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging;
5905     GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5906     if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
5907     {
5908         coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows);
5909         coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols);
5910     }
5911
5912     if ( event.Dragging() )
5913     {
5914         //wxLogDebug("pos(%d, %d) coords(%d, %d)", pos.x, pos.y, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
5915
5916         // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged at
5917         // least 3 pixels in any direction...
5918         if (! m_isDragging)
5919         {
5920             if (m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition)
5921             {
5922                 m_startDragPos = pos;
5923                 return;
5924             }
5925             if (abs(m_startDragPos.x - pos.x) < 4 && abs(m_startDragPos.y - pos.y) < 4)
5926                 return;
5927         }
5928
5929         m_isDragging = true;
5930         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5931         {
5932             // Hide the edit control, so it
5933             // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
5934             if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
5935             {
5936                 HideCellEditControl();
5937                 SaveEditControlValue();
5938             }
5939
5940             if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5941             {
5942                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
5943                 {
5944                     if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5945                         m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5946                     HighlightBlock( m_selectingKeyboard, coords );
5947                 }
5948                 else if ( CanDragCell() )
5949                 {
5950                     if ( isFirstDrag )
5951                     {
5952                         if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5953                             m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5954
5955                         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG,
5956                                    coords.GetRow(),
5957                                    coords.GetCol(),
5958                                    event );
5959                         return;
5960                     }
5961                 }
5962                 else
5963                 {
5964                     if ( !IsSelection() )
5965                     {
5966                         HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
5967                     }
5968                     else
5969                     {
5970                         HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, coords );
5971                     }
5972                 }
5973
5974                 if (! IsVisible(coords))
5975                 {
5976                     MakeCellVisible(coords);
5977                     // TODO: need to introduce a delay or something here.  The
5978                     // scrolling is way to fast, at least on MSW - also on GTK.
5979                 }
5980             }
5981             // Have we captured the mouse yet?
5982             if (! m_winCapture)
5983             {
5984                 m_winCapture = m_gridWin;
5985                 m_winCapture->CaptureMouse();
5986             }
5987
5988
5989         }
5990         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5991         {
5992             int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5993             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5994             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5995
5996             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5997             PrepareDC( dc );
5998             y = wxMax( y, GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5999                           GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
6000             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
6001             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6002             {
6003                 dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
6004             }
6005             dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
6006             m_dragLastPos = y;
6007         }
6008         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
6009         {
6010             int cw, ch, dummy, top;
6011             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6012             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
6013
6014             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6015             PrepareDC( dc );
6016             x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
6017                           GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) );
6018             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
6019             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6020             {
6021                 dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
6022             }
6023             dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
6024             m_dragLastPos = x;
6025         }
6026
6027         return;
6028     }
6029
6030     m_isDragging = false;
6031     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
6032
6033     // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL
6034     //     immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under
6035     //     wxGTK
6036 #if 0
6037     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
6038     {
6039         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6040         m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
6041     }
6042     else
6043 #endif // 0
6044
6045     // ------------ Left button pressed
6046     //
6047     if ( event.LeftDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6048     {
6049         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK,
6050                        coords.GetRow(),
6051                        coords.GetCol(),
6052                        event ) )
6053         {
6054             if ( !event.CmdDown() )
6055                 ClearSelection();
6056             if ( event.ShiftDown() )
6057             {
6058                 if ( m_selection )
6059                 {
6060                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
6061                                               m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
6062                                               coords.GetRow(),
6063                                               coords.GetCol(),
6064                                               event.ControlDown(),
6065                                               event.ShiftDown(),
6066                                               event.AltDown(),
6067                                               event.MetaDown() );
6068                 }
6069             }
6070             else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 &&
6071                       YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
6072             {
6073                 DisableCellEditControl();
6074                 MakeCellVisible( coords );
6075
6076                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
6077                 {
6078                     if ( m_selection )
6079                     {
6080                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( coords.GetRow(),
6081                                                           coords.GetCol(),
6082                                                           event.ControlDown(),
6083                                                           event.ShiftDown(),
6084                                                           event.AltDown(),
6085                                                           event.MetaDown() );
6086                     }
6087                     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6088                     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6089                     m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
6090                 }
6091                 else
6092                 {
6093                     m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords;
6094                     SetCurrentCell( coords );
6095                     if ( m_selection )
6096                     {
6097                         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() !=
6098                                 wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells )
6099                         {
6100                             HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
6101                         }
6102                     }
6103                 }
6104             }
6105         }
6106     }
6107
6108     // ------------ Left double click
6109     //
6110     else if ( event.LeftDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6111     {
6112         DisableCellEditControl();
6113
6114         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
6115         {
6116             if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK,
6117                              coords.GetRow(),
6118                              coords.GetCol(),
6119                              event ) )
6120             {
6121                 // we want double click to select a cell and start editing
6122                 // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks):
6123                 m_waitForSlowClick = true;
6124             }
6125         }
6126     }
6127
6128     // ------------ Left button released
6129     //
6130     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
6131     {
6132         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6133         {
6134             if (m_winCapture)
6135             {
6136                 if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
6137                     m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
6138                 m_winCapture = NULL;
6139             }
6140
6141             if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() )
6142             {
6143                 ClearSelection();
6144                 EnableCellEditControl();
6145
6146                 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
6147                 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
6148                 editor->StartingClick();
6149                 editor->DecRef();
6150                 attr->DecRef();
6151
6152                 m_waitForSlowClick = false;
6153             }
6154             else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
6155                  m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6156             {
6157                 if ( m_selection )
6158                 {
6159                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
6160                                               m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
6161                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
6162                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
6163                                               event.ControlDown(),
6164                                               event.ShiftDown(),
6165                                               event.AltDown(),
6166                                               event.MetaDown() );
6167                 }
6168
6169                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6170                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6171
6172                 // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for
6173                 // drag-shrinking.
6174                 ShowCellEditControl();
6175             }
6176         }
6177         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
6178         {
6179             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6180             DoEndDragResizeRow();
6181
6182             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6183             // default processing in this case
6184             //
6185             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
6186         }
6187         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
6188         {
6189             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6190             DoEndDragResizeCol();
6191
6192             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6193             // default processing in this case
6194             //
6195             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
6196         }
6197
6198         m_dragLastPos = -1;
6199     }
6200
6201     // ------------ Right button down
6202     //
6203     else if ( event.RightDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6204     {
6205         DisableCellEditControl();
6206         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK,
6207                          coords.GetRow(),
6208                          coords.GetCol(),
6209                          event ) )
6210         {
6211             // no default action at the moment
6212         }
6213     }
6214
6215     // ------------ Right double click
6216     //
6217     else if ( event.RightDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6218     {
6219         DisableCellEditControl();
6220         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK,
6221                          coords.GetRow(),
6222                          coords.GetCol(),
6223                          event ) )
6224         {
6225             // no default action at the moment
6226         }
6227     }
6228
6229     // ------------ Moving and no button action
6230     //
6231     else if ( event.Moving() && !event.IsButton() )
6232     {
6233         if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 )
6234         {
6235             // out of grid cell area
6236             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6237             return;
6238         }
6239
6240         int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
6241         int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
6242
6243         // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both
6244         // directions is not implemented yet...
6245         //
6246         if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 )
6247         {
6248             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6249             return;
6250         }
6251
6252         if ( dragRow >= 0 )
6253         {
6254             m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow;
6255
6256             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6257             {
6258                 if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6259                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, NULL, false);
6260             }
6261         }
6262         else if ( dragCol >= 0 )
6263         {
6264             m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
6265
6266             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6267             {
6268                 if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6269                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, NULL, false);
6270             }
6271         }
6272         else // Neither on a row or col edge
6273         {
6274             if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6275             {
6276                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6277             }
6278         }
6279     }
6280 }
6281
6282 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow()
6283 {
6284     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6285     {
6286         // erase the last line and resize the row
6287         //
6288         int cw, ch, left, dummy;
6289         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6290         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
6291
6292         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6293         PrepareDC( dc );
6294         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6295         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left + cw, m_dragLastPos );
6296         HideCellEditControl();
6297         SaveEditControlValue();
6298
6299         int rowTop = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol);
6300         SetRowSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6301                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - rowTop, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ) );
6302
6303         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6304         {
6305             // Only needed to get the correct rect.y:
6306             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( m_dragRowOrCol, 0 ) );
6307             rect.x = 0;
6308             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6309             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
6310             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6311             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6312             rect.width = cw;
6313
6314             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6315             if (m_table)
6316             {
6317                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_rows = 0;
6318                 int leftCol = XToCol(left);
6319                 int rightCol = internalXToCol(left + cw);
6320                 if (leftCol >= 0)
6321                 {
6322                     for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
6323                     {
6324                         GetCellSize(m_dragRowOrCol, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6325                         if (cell_rows < subtract_rows)
6326                             subtract_rows = cell_rows;
6327                     }
6328                     rect.y = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_rows);
6329                     CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6330                     rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6331                 }
6332             }
6333             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6334         }
6335
6336         ShowCellEditControl();
6337     }
6338 }
6339
6340
6341 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol()
6342 {
6343     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6344     {
6345         // erase the last line and resize the col
6346         //
6347         int cw, ch, dummy, top;
6348         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6349         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
6350
6351         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6352         PrepareDC( dc );
6353         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6354         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
6355         HideCellEditControl();
6356         SaveEditControlValue();
6357
6358         int colLeft = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol);
6359         SetColSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6360                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - colLeft,
6361                            GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ) );
6362
6363         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6364         {
6365             // Only needed to get the correct rect.x:
6366             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, m_dragRowOrCol ) );
6367             rect.y = 0;
6368             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6369             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6370             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
6371             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6372             rect.height = ch;
6373
6374             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6375             if (m_table)
6376             {
6377                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_cols = 0;
6378                 int topRow = YToRow(top);
6379                 int bottomRow = internalYToRow(top + cw);
6380                 if (topRow >= 0)
6381                 {
6382                     for (i=topRow; i<bottomRow; i++)
6383                     {
6384                         GetCellSize(i, m_dragRowOrCol, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6385                         if (cell_cols < subtract_cols)
6386                             subtract_cols = cell_cols;
6387                     }
6388
6389                     rect.x = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_cols);
6390                     CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6391                     rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6392                 }
6393             }
6394
6395             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6396         }
6397
6398         ShowCellEditControl();
6399     }
6400 }
6401
6402 void wxGrid::DoEndDragMoveCol()
6403 {
6404     //The user clicked on the column but didn't actually drag
6405     if ( m_dragLastPos < 0 )
6406     {
6407         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();   //Do this to "unpress" the column
6408         return;
6409     }
6410
6411     int newPos;
6412     if ( m_moveToCol == -1 )
6413         newPos = m_numCols - 1;
6414     else
6415     {
6416         newPos = GetColPos( m_moveToCol );
6417         if ( newPos > GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) )
6418             newPos--;
6419     }
6420
6421     SetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol, newPos );
6422 }
6423
6424 void wxGrid::SetColPos( int colID, int newPos )
6425 {
6426     if ( m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
6427     {
6428         m_colAt.Alloc( m_numCols );
6429
6430         int i;
6431         for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
6432         {
6433             m_colAt.Add( i );
6434         }
6435     }
6436
6437     int oldPos = GetColPos( colID );
6438
6439     //Reshuffle the m_colAt array
6440     if ( newPos > oldPos )
6441     {
6442         int i;
6443         for ( i = oldPos; i < newPos; i++ )
6444         {
6445             m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i+1];
6446         }
6447     }
6448     else
6449     {
6450         int i;
6451         for ( i = oldPos; i > newPos; i-- )
6452         {
6453             m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i-1];
6454         }
6455     }
6456
6457     m_colAt[newPos] = colID;
6458
6459     //Recalculate the column rights
6460     if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
6461     {
6462         int colRight = 0;
6463         int colPos;
6464         for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6465         {
6466             int colID = GetColAt( colPos );
6467
6468             colRight += m_colWidths[colID];
6469             m_colRights[colID] = colRight;
6470         }
6471     }
6472
6473     m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
6474     m_gridWin->Refresh();
6475 }
6476
6477
6478
6479 void wxGrid::EnableDragColMove( bool enable )
6480 {
6481     if ( m_canDragColMove == enable )
6482         return;
6483
6484     m_canDragColMove = enable;
6485
6486     if ( !m_canDragColMove )
6487     {
6488         m_colAt.Clear();
6489
6490         //Recalculate the column rights
6491         if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
6492         {
6493             int colRight = 0;
6494             int colPos;
6495             for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6496             {
6497                 colRight += m_colWidths[colPos];
6498                 m_colRights[colPos] = colRight;
6499             }
6500         }
6501
6502         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
6503         m_gridWin->Refresh();
6504     }
6505 }
6506
6507
6508 //
6509 // ------ interaction with data model
6510 //
6511 bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
6512 {
6513     switch ( msg.GetId() )
6514     {
6515         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES:
6516             return GetModelValues();
6517
6518         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES:
6519             return SetModelValues();
6520
6521         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
6522         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
6523         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
6524         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
6525         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
6526         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
6527             return Redimension( msg );
6528
6529         default:
6530             return false;
6531     }
6532 }
6533
6534 // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class
6535 // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the
6536 // behavious is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but
6537 // not to change the number of rows or cols.
6538 //
6539 void wxGrid::ClearGrid()
6540 {
6541     if ( m_table )
6542     {
6543         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6544             DisableCellEditControl();
6545
6546         m_table->Clear();
6547         if (!GetBatchCount())
6548             m_gridWin->Refresh();
6549     }
6550 }
6551
6552 bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6553 {
6554     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6555
6556     if ( !m_created )
6557     {
6558         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6559         return false;
6560     }
6561
6562     if ( m_table )
6563     {
6564         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6565             DisableCellEditControl();
6566
6567         bool done = m_table->InsertRows( pos, numRows );
6568         return done;
6569
6570         // the table will have sent the results of the insert row
6571         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6572     }
6573
6574     return false;
6575 }
6576
6577 bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6578 {
6579     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6580
6581     if ( !m_created )
6582     {
6583         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6584         return false;
6585     }
6586
6587     if ( m_table )
6588     {
6589         bool done = m_table && m_table->AppendRows( numRows );
6590         return done;
6591
6592         // the table will have sent the results of the append row
6593         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6594     }
6595
6596     return false;
6597 }
6598
6599 bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6600 {
6601     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6602
6603     if ( !m_created )
6604     {
6605         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6606         return false;
6607     }
6608
6609     if ( m_table )
6610     {
6611         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6612             DisableCellEditControl();
6613
6614         bool done = m_table->DeleteRows( pos, numRows );
6615         return done;
6616         // the table will have sent the results of the delete row
6617         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6618     }
6619
6620     return false;
6621 }
6622
6623 bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6624 {
6625     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6626
6627     if ( !m_created )
6628     {
6629         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6630         return false;
6631     }
6632
6633     if ( m_table )
6634     {
6635         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6636             DisableCellEditControl();
6637
6638         bool done = m_table->InsertCols( pos, numCols );
6639         return done;
6640         // the table will have sent the results of the insert col
6641         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6642     }
6643
6644     return false;
6645 }
6646
6647 bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6648 {
6649     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6650
6651     if ( !m_created )
6652     {
6653         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6654         return false;
6655     }
6656
6657     if ( m_table )
6658     {
6659         bool done = m_table->AppendCols( numCols );
6660         return done;
6661         // the table will have sent the results of the append col
6662         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6663     }
6664
6665     return false;
6666 }
6667
6668 bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6669 {
6670     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6671
6672     if ( !m_created )
6673     {
6674         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6675         return false;
6676     }
6677
6678     if ( m_table )
6679     {
6680         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6681             DisableCellEditControl();
6682
6683         bool done = m_table->DeleteCols( pos, numCols );
6684         return done;
6685         // the table will have sent the results of the delete col
6686         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6687     }
6688
6689     return false;
6690 }
6691
6692 //
6693 // ----- event handlers
6694 //
6695
6696 // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and
6697 // return the result of ProcessEvent()
6698 //
6699 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6700                         int row, int col,
6701                         wxMouseEvent& mouseEv )
6702 {
6703    bool claimed, vetoed;
6704
6705    if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6706    {
6707        int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6708
6709        wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6710                type,
6711                this,
6712                rowOrCol,
6713                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6714                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6715                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6716                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6717                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6718                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6719
6720        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6721        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6722    }
6723    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT )
6724    {
6725        // Right now, it should _never_ end up here!
6726        wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6727                type,
6728                this,
6729                m_selectingTopLeft,
6730                m_selectingBottomRight,
6731                true,
6732                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6733                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6734                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6735                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6736
6737        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6738        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6739    }
6740    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK ||
6741              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK ||
6742              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK ||
6743              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK )
6744    {
6745        wxPoint pos = mouseEv.GetPosition();
6746
6747        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridRowLabelWindow() )
6748            pos.y += GetColLabelSize();
6749        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridColLabelWindow() )
6750            pos.x += GetRowLabelSize();
6751
6752        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6753                type,
6754                this,
6755                row, col,
6756                pos.x,
6757                pos.y,
6758                false,
6759                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6760                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6761                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6762                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6763        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6764        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6765    }
6766    else
6767    {
6768        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6769                type,
6770                this,
6771                row, col,
6772                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6773                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6774                false,
6775                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6776                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6777                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6778                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6779        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6780        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6781    }
6782
6783    // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6784    if (vetoed)
6785        return -1;
6786
6787    return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6788 }
6789
6790 // Generate a grid event of specified type and return the result
6791 // of ProcessEvent().
6792 //
6793 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6794                         int row, int col )
6795 {
6796    bool claimed, vetoed;
6797
6798     if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6799     {
6800         int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6801
6802         wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, rowOrCol );
6803
6804         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6805         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6806     }
6807     else
6808     {
6809         wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col );
6810
6811         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6812         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6813      }
6814
6815     // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6816     if (vetoed)
6817         return -1;
6818
6819     return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6820 }
6821
6822 void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
6823 {
6824     // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW
6825     wxPaintDC dc(this);
6826 }
6827
6828 void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect)
6829 {
6830     // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch...
6831     // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway.
6832     if ( m_created && !GetBatchCount() )
6833     {
6834         // Refresh to get correct scrolled position:
6835         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect);
6836
6837         if (rect)
6838         {
6839             int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight;
6840             int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell;
6841             int x, y;
6842
6843             // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets..
6844             rect_x = rect->GetX();
6845             rect_y = rect->GetY();
6846             rectWidth = rect->GetWidth();
6847             rectHeight = rect->GetHeight();
6848
6849             width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x;
6850             if (width_label > rectWidth)
6851                 width_label = rectWidth;
6852
6853             height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y;
6854             if (height_label > rectHeight)
6855                 height_label = rectHeight;
6856
6857             if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth)
6858             {
6859                 x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth;
6860                 width_cell = rectWidth;
6861             }
6862             else
6863             {
6864                 x = 0;
6865                 width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x);
6866             }
6867
6868             if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight)
6869             {
6870                 y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight;
6871                 height_cell = rectHeight;
6872             }
6873             else
6874             {
6875                 y = 0;
6876                 height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y);
6877             }
6878
6879             // Paint corner label part intersecting rect.
6880             if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6881             {
6882                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label);
6883                 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6884             }
6885
6886             // Paint col labels part intersecting rect.
6887             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6888             {
6889                 wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label);
6890                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6891             }
6892
6893             // Paint row labels part intersecting rect.
6894             if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6895             {
6896                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell);
6897                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6898             }
6899
6900             // Paint cell area part intersecting rect.
6901             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6902             {
6903                 wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell);
6904                 m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6905             }
6906         }
6907         else
6908         {
6909             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6910             m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6911             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6912             m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6913         }
6914     }
6915 }
6916
6917 void wxGrid::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
6918 {
6919     if (m_targetWindow != this) // check whether initialisation has been done
6920     {
6921         // update our children window positions and scrollbars
6922         CalcDimensions();
6923     }
6924 }
6925
6926 void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
6927 {
6928     if ( m_inOnKeyDown )
6929     {
6930         // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles...
6931         //
6932         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") );
6933     }
6934
6935     m_inOnKeyDown = true;
6936
6937     // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed
6938     wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
6939     wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event );
6940     keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent );
6941
6942     if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) )
6943     {
6944         if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
6945         {
6946             if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_RIGHT)
6947                 event.m_keyCode = WXK_LEFT;
6948             else if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_LEFT)
6949                 event.m_keyCode = WXK_RIGHT;
6950         }
6951
6952         // try local handlers
6953         switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
6954         {
6955             case WXK_UP:
6956                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6957                     MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6958                 else
6959                     MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() );
6960                 break;
6961
6962             case WXK_DOWN:
6963                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6964                     MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6965                 else
6966                     MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
6967                 break;
6968
6969             case WXK_LEFT:
6970                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6971                     MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6972                 else
6973                     MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() );
6974                 break;
6975
6976             case WXK_RIGHT:
6977                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6978                     MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6979                 else
6980                     MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() );
6981                 break;
6982
6983             case WXK_RETURN:
6984             case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
6985                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6986                 {
6987                     event.Skip();  // to let the edit control have the return
6988                 }
6989                 else
6990                 {
6991                     if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 )
6992                     {
6993                         MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
6994                     }
6995                     else
6996                     {
6997                         // at the bottom of a column
6998                         DisableCellEditControl();
6999                     }
7000                 }
7001                 break;
7002
7003             case WXK_ESCAPE:
7004                 ClearSelection();
7005                 break;
7006
7007             case WXK_TAB:
7008                 if (event.ShiftDown())
7009                 {
7010                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 )
7011                     {
7012                         MoveCursorLeft( false );
7013                     }
7014                     else
7015                     {
7016                         // at left of grid
7017                         DisableCellEditControl();
7018                     }
7019                 }
7020                 else
7021                 {
7022                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 )
7023                     {
7024                         MoveCursorRight( false );
7025                     }
7026                     else
7027                     {
7028                         // at right of grid
7029                         DisableCellEditControl();
7030                     }
7031                 }
7032                 break;
7033
7034             case WXK_HOME:
7035                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7036                 {
7037                     MakeCellVisible( 0, 0 );
7038                     SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
7039                 }
7040                 else
7041                 {
7042                     event.Skip();
7043                 }
7044                 break;
7045
7046             case WXK_END:
7047                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7048                 {
7049                     MakeCellVisible( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
7050                     SetCurrentCell( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
7051                 }
7052                 else
7053                 {
7054                     event.Skip();
7055                 }
7056                 break;
7057
7058             case WXK_PAGEUP:
7059                 MovePageUp();
7060                 break;
7061
7062             case WXK_PAGEDOWN:
7063                 MovePageDown();
7064                 break;
7065
7066             case WXK_SPACE:
7067                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7068                 {
7069                     if ( m_selection )
7070                     {
7071                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(
7072                             m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
7073                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
7074                             event.ControlDown(),
7075                             event.ShiftDown(),
7076                             event.AltDown(),
7077                             event.MetaDown() );
7078                     }
7079                     break;
7080                 }
7081
7082                 if ( !IsEditable() )
7083                     MoveCursorRight( false );
7084                 else
7085                     event.Skip();
7086                 break;
7087
7088             default:
7089                 event.Skip();
7090                 break;
7091         }
7092     }
7093
7094     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
7095 }
7096
7097 void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
7098 {
7099     // try local handlers
7100     //
7101     if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT )
7102     {
7103         if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7104              m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
7105         {
7106             if ( m_selection )
7107             {
7108                 m_selection->SelectBlock(
7109                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
7110                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
7111                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
7112                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
7113                     event.ControlDown(),
7114                     true,
7115                     event.AltDown(),
7116                     event.MetaDown() );
7117             }
7118         }
7119
7120         m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7121         m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7122         m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7123     }
7124 }
7125
7126 void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
7127 {
7128     // is it possible to edit the current cell at all?
7129     if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() )
7130     {
7131         // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key
7132         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7133         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7134         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7135         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7136
7137         // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for
7138         // other keys - ask the editor itself
7139         if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers())
7140              || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) )
7141         {
7142             // ensure cell is visble
7143             MakeCellVisible(row, col);
7144             EnableCellEditControl();
7145
7146             // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely
7147             // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the
7148             // control is not created and calling StartingKey will
7149             // crash the app
7150             if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
7151                 editor->StartingKey(event);
7152         }
7153         else
7154         {
7155             event.Skip();
7156         }
7157
7158         editor->DecRef();
7159         attr->DecRef();
7160     }
7161     else
7162     {
7163         event.Skip();
7164     }
7165 }
7166
7167 void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&)
7168 {
7169 }
7170
7171 void wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7172 {
7173     if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) )
7174     {
7175         // the event has been intercepted - do nothing
7176         return;
7177     }
7178
7179 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7180     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
7181     PrepareDC( dc );
7182 #endif
7183
7184     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
7185     {
7186         DisableCellEditControl();
7187
7188         if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
7189         {
7190             wxRect r;
7191             r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords );
7192             if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
7193             {
7194                 r.x--;
7195                 r.y--;
7196                 r.width++;
7197                 r.height++;
7198             }
7199
7200             wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r );
7201
7202             // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight!
7203             m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7204
7205 #if defined(__WXMAC__)
7206             m_gridWin->Refresh(true /*, & r */);
7207 #else
7208             DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells );
7209             DrawAllGridLines( dc, r );
7210 #endif
7211         }
7212     }
7213
7214     m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7215
7216     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords );
7217 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7218     DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr );
7219 #endif
7220     attr->DecRef();
7221 }
7222
7223 void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol )
7224 {
7225     int temp;
7226     wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft, updateBottomRight;
7227
7228     if ( m_selection )
7229     {
7230         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
7231         {
7232             leftCol = 0;
7233             rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1;
7234         }
7235         else if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
7236         {
7237             topRow = 0;
7238             bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1;
7239         }
7240     }
7241
7242     if ( topRow > bottomRow )
7243     {
7244         temp = topRow;
7245         topRow = bottomRow;
7246         bottomRow = temp;
7247     }
7248
7249     if ( leftCol > rightCol )
7250     {
7251         temp = leftCol;
7252         leftCol = rightCol;
7253         rightCol = temp;
7254     }
7255
7256     updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol );
7257     updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol );
7258
7259     // First the case that we selected a completely new area
7260     if ( m_selectingTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords ||
7261          m_selectingBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords )
7262     {
7263         wxRect rect;
7264         rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ),
7265                                   wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) );
7266         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
7267     }
7268
7269     // Now handle changing an existing selection area.
7270     else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft ||
7271               m_selectingBottomRight != updateBottomRight )
7272     {
7273         // Compute two optimal update rectangles:
7274         // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the
7275         // other, or they are (almost) disjoint!
7276         wxRect  rect[4];
7277         bool    need_refresh[4];
7278         need_refresh[0] =
7279         need_refresh[1] =
7280         need_refresh[2] =
7281         need_refresh[3] = false;
7282         int     i;
7283
7284         // Store intermediate values
7285         wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol();
7286         wxCoord oldTop = m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow();
7287         wxCoord oldRight = m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol();
7288         wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow();
7289
7290         // Determine the outer/inner coordinates.
7291         if (oldLeft > leftCol)
7292         {
7293             temp = oldLeft;
7294             oldLeft = leftCol;
7295             leftCol = temp;
7296         }
7297         if (oldTop > topRow )
7298         {
7299             temp = oldTop;
7300             oldTop = topRow;
7301             topRow = temp;
7302         }
7303         if (oldRight < rightCol )
7304         {
7305             temp = oldRight;
7306             oldRight = rightCol;
7307             rightCol = temp;
7308         }
7309         if (oldBottom < bottomRow)
7310         {
7311             temp = oldBottom;
7312             oldBottom = bottomRow;
7313             bottomRow = temp;
7314         }
7315
7316         // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer
7317         // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one
7318         // is contained in the other.
7319
7320         if ( oldLeft < leftCol )
7321         {
7322             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7323             // area to the left of the old or new selection.
7324             need_refresh[0] = true;
7325             rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7326                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop,  oldLeft ),
7327                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) );
7328         }
7329
7330         if ( oldTop < topRow )
7331         {
7332             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7333             // area above the old or new selection.
7334             need_refresh[1] = true;
7335             rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7336                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ),
7337                 wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) );
7338         }
7339
7340         if ( oldRight > rightCol )
7341         {
7342             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7343             // area to the right of the old or new selection.
7344             need_refresh[2] = true;
7345             rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7346                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ),
7347                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) );
7348         }
7349
7350         if ( oldBottom > bottomRow )
7351         {
7352             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7353             // area below the old or new selection.
7354             need_refresh[3] = true;
7355             rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7356                 wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ),
7357                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) );
7358         }
7359
7360         // various Refresh() calls
7361         for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
7362             if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect )
7363                 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) );
7364     }
7365
7366     // change selection
7367     m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft;
7368     m_selectingBottomRight = updateBottomRight;
7369 }
7370
7371 //
7372 // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions)
7373 //
7374
7375 bool wxGrid::GetModelValues()
7376 {
7377     // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7378     HideCellEditControl();
7379
7380     if ( m_table )
7381     {
7382         // all we need to do is repaint the grid
7383         //
7384         m_gridWin->Refresh();
7385         return true;
7386     }
7387
7388     return false;
7389 }
7390
7391 bool wxGrid::SetModelValues()
7392 {
7393     int row, col;
7394
7395     // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7396     // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first?
7397     // I think so ...
7398     DisableCellEditControl();
7399
7400     if ( m_table )
7401     {
7402         for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
7403         {
7404             for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
7405             {
7406                 m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) );
7407             }
7408         }
7409
7410         return true;
7411     }
7412
7413     return false;
7414 }
7415
7416 // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of
7417 // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by
7418 // CalcExposedCells)
7419 //
7420 void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells )
7421 {
7422     if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7423         return;
7424
7425     int i, numCells = cells.GetCount();
7426     int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7427     wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells;
7428
7429     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7430     {
7431         row = cells[i].GetRow();
7432         col = cells[i].GetCol();
7433         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7434
7435         // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint
7436         if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
7437         {
7438             wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols );
7439             bool marked = false;
7440             for ( int j = 0; j < numCells; j++ )
7441             {
7442                 if ( cell == cells[j] )
7443                 {
7444                     marked = true;
7445                     break;
7446                 }
7447             }
7448
7449             if (!marked)
7450             {
7451                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7452                 for (int j = 0; j < count; j++)
7453                 {
7454                     if ( cell == redrawCells[j] )
7455                     {
7456                         marked = true;
7457                         break;
7458                     }
7459                 }
7460
7461                 if (!marked)
7462                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7463             }
7464
7465             // don't bother drawing this cell
7466             continue;
7467         }
7468
7469         // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow
7470         if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col))
7471         {
7472             for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ )
7473             {
7474                 // find a cell in this row to leave already marked for repaint
7475                 int left = col;
7476                 for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++)
7477                     if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) &&
7478                         (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row))
7479                     {
7480                         left = redrawCells[k].GetCol();
7481                     }
7482
7483                 if (left == col)
7484                     left = 0; // oh well
7485
7486                 for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--)
7487                 {
7488                     if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j))
7489                     {
7490                         if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j))
7491                         {
7492                             wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j);
7493                             bool marked = false;
7494
7495                             for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++)
7496                             {
7497                                 if ( cell == cells[k] )
7498                                 {
7499                                     marked = true;
7500                                     break;
7501                                 }
7502                             }
7503
7504                             if (!marked)
7505                             {
7506                                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7507                                 for (int k = 0; k < count; k++)
7508                                 {
7509                                     if ( cell == redrawCells[k] )
7510                                     {
7511                                         marked = true;
7512                                         break;
7513                                     }
7514                                 }
7515                                 if (!marked)
7516                                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7517                             }
7518                         }
7519                         break;
7520                     }
7521                 }
7522             }
7523         }
7524
7525         DrawCell( dc, cells[i] );
7526     }
7527
7528     numCells = redrawCells.GetCount();
7529
7530     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7531     {
7532         DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] );
7533     }
7534 }
7535
7536 void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc )
7537 {
7538   int cw, ch;
7539   m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
7540
7541   int right, bottom;
7542   CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7543
7544   int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) : 0;
7545   int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
7546
7547   if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow )
7548   {
7549       int left, top;
7550       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7551
7552       dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID) );
7553       dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
7554
7555       if ( right > rightCol )
7556       {
7557           dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch );
7558       }
7559
7560       if ( bottom > bottomRow )
7561       {
7562           dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow );
7563       }
7564   }
7565 }
7566
7567 void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7568 {
7569     int row = coords.GetRow();
7570     int col = coords.GetCol();
7571
7572     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7573         return;
7574
7575     // we draw the cell border ourselves
7576 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7577     if ( m_gridLinesEnabled )
7578         DrawCellBorder( dc, coords );
7579 #endif
7580
7581     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7582
7583     bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords;
7584
7585     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7586
7587     // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer
7588     // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden!
7589     if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() )
7590     {
7591         // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the
7592         // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered.
7593         // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered
7594         // implicitly, causing this out-of order render.
7595 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7596         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7597         editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr);
7598         editor->DecRef();
7599 #endif
7600     }
7601     else
7602     {
7603         // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized
7604         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
7605         renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords));
7606         renderer->DecRef();
7607     }
7608
7609     attr->DecRef();
7610 }
7611
7612 void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr )
7613 {
7614     // don't show highlight when the grid doesn't have focus
7615     if ( !HasFocus() )
7616         return;
7617
7618     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7619     int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7620
7621     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7622         return;
7623
7624     wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
7625
7626     // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled?
7627     // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but
7628     // it doesn't look really good
7629
7630     int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth;
7631
7632     if (penWidth > 0)
7633     {
7634         // The center of the drawn line is where the position/width/height of
7635         // the rectangle is actually at (on wxMSW at least), so the
7636         // size of the rectangle is reduced to compensate for the thickness of
7637         // the line. If this is too strange on non-wxMSW platforms then
7638         // please #ifdef this appropriately.
7639         rect.x += penWidth / 2;
7640         rect.y += penWidth / 2;
7641         rect.width -= penWidth - 1;
7642         rect.height -= penWidth - 1;
7643
7644         // Now draw the rectangle
7645         // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this
7646         // will ensure the cell is always visible.
7647         dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground : m_cellHighlightColour, penWidth, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID));
7648         dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
7649         dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
7650     }
7651
7652 #if 0
7653         // VZ: my experiments with 3D borders...
7654
7655         // how to properly set colours for arbitrary bg?
7656         wxCoord x1 = rect.x,
7657                 y1 = rect.y,
7658                 x2 = rect.x + rect.width - 1,
7659                 y2 = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
7660
7661         dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
7662         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y1);
7663         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x1, y2);
7664
7665         dc.DrawLine(x1 + 1, y2 - 1, x2 - 1, y2 - 1);
7666         dc.DrawLine(x2 - 1, y1 + 1, x2 - 1, y2);
7667
7668         dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN);
7669         dc.DrawLine(x1, y2, x2, y2);
7670         dc.DrawLine(x2, y1, x2, y2 + 1);
7671 #endif
7672 }
7673
7674 wxPen wxGrid::GetDefaultGridLinePen()
7675 {
7676     return wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID);
7677 }
7678
7679 wxPen wxGrid::GetRowGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(row))
7680 {
7681     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
7682 }
7683
7684 wxPen wxGrid::GetColGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(col))
7685 {
7686     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
7687 }
7688
7689 void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7690 {
7691     int row = coords.GetRow();
7692     int col = coords.GetCol();
7693     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7694         return;
7695
7696
7697     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7698
7699     // right hand border
7700     dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(col) );
7701     dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y,
7702                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 );
7703
7704     // bottom border
7705     dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(row) );
7706     dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height,
7707                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
7708 }
7709
7710 void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells)
7711 {
7712     // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't
7713     // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB
7714     //
7715     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7716          m_numRows && m_numCols )
7717     {
7718         m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0);
7719     }
7720
7721     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
7722     {
7723         // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown
7724         return;
7725     }
7726
7727     // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it
7728     // might have been damaged by the grid lines
7729     size_t count = cells.GetCount();
7730     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
7731     {
7732         if ( cells[n] == m_currentCellCoords )
7733         {
7734             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7735             DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
7736             attr->DecRef();
7737
7738             break;
7739         }
7740     }
7741 }
7742
7743 // TODO: remove this ???
7744 // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour
7745 // has been changed
7746 //
7747 void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) )
7748 {
7749 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7750     return;
7751 #endif
7752
7753     if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled || !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7754          return;
7755
7756     int top, bottom, left, right;
7757
7758 #if 0  //#ifndef __WXGTK__
7759     if (reg.IsEmpty())
7760     {
7761       int cw, ch;
7762       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7763
7764       // virtual coords of visible area
7765       //
7766       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7767       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7768     }
7769     else
7770     {
7771       wxCoord x, y, w, h;
7772       reg.GetBox(x, y, w, h);
7773       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &left, &top );
7774       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x + w, y + h, &right, &bottom );
7775     }
7776 #else
7777       int cw, ch;
7778       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7779       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7780       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7781 #endif
7782
7783     // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col
7784     //
7785     right = wxMin( right, GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) );
7786     bottom = wxMin( bottom, GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) );
7787
7788     // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out
7789     int leftCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) );
7790     int topRow = internalYToRow(top);
7791     int rightCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(right) );
7792     int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom);
7793
7794     wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch);
7795
7796     int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7797     wxRect rect;
7798
7799     for (j=topRow; j<=bottomRow; j++)
7800     {
7801         int colPos;
7802         for (colPos=leftCol; colPos<=rightCol; colPos++)
7803         {
7804             i = GetColAt( colPos );
7805
7806             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7807             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7808             {
7809                 rect = CellToRect(j,i);
7810                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7811                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7812             }
7813             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
7814             {
7815                 rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols);
7816                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7817                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7818             }
7819         }
7820     }
7821
7822     dc.SetDeviceClippingRegion( clippedcells );
7823
7824
7825     // horizontal grid lines
7826     //
7827     // already declared above - int i;
7828     for ( i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ )
7829     {
7830         int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1;
7831
7832         if ( bot > bottom )
7833         {
7834             break;
7835         }
7836
7837         if ( bot >= top )
7838         {
7839             dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(i) );
7840             dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot );
7841         }
7842     }
7843
7844     // vertical grid lines
7845     //
7846     int colPos;
7847     for ( colPos = leftCol; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
7848     {
7849         i = GetColAt( colPos );
7850
7851         int colRight = GetColRight(i);
7852 #ifdef __WXGTK__
7853         if (GetLayoutDirection() != wxLayout_RightToLeft)
7854 #endif
7855             colRight--;
7856
7857         if ( colRight > right )
7858         {
7859             break;
7860         }
7861
7862         if ( colRight >= left )
7863         {
7864             dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(i) );
7865             dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom );
7866         }
7867     }
7868
7869     dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
7870 }
7871
7872 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows)
7873 {
7874     if ( !m_numRows )
7875         return;
7876
7877     size_t i;
7878     size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount();
7879
7880     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7881     {
7882         DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] );
7883     }
7884 }
7885
7886 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row )
7887 {
7888     if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 )
7889         return;
7890
7891     wxRect rect;
7892
7893     int rowTop = GetRowTop(row),
7894         rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1;
7895
7896     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID) );
7897     dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowBottom );
7898     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom );
7899     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth, rowBottom );
7900
7901     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7902     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, 1, rowBottom );
7903     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop );
7904
7905     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT );
7906     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7907     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7908
7909     int hAlign, vAlign;
7910     GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7911
7912     rect.SetX( 2 );
7913     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 );
7914     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 );
7915     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 );
7916     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign );
7917 }
7918
7919 void wxGrid::SetUseNativeColLabels( bool native )
7920 {
7921     m_nativeColumnLabels = native;
7922     if (native)
7923     {
7924         int height = wxRendererNative::Get().GetHeaderButtonHeight( this );
7925         SetColLabelSize( height );
7926     }
7927
7928     m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
7929 }
7930
7931 void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols )
7932 {
7933     if ( !m_numCols )
7934         return;
7935
7936     size_t i;
7937     size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount();
7938
7939     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7940     {
7941         DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] );
7942     }
7943 }
7944
7945 void wxGrid::DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col )
7946 {
7947     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 )
7948         return;
7949
7950     int colLeft = GetColLeft(col);
7951
7952     wxRect rect;
7953
7954     if (m_nativeColumnLabels)
7955     {
7956         rect.SetX( colLeft);
7957         rect.SetY( 0 );
7958         rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col));
7959         rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight );
7960
7961         wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc;
7962         wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->GetWindow(), dc, rect, 0 );
7963     }
7964     else
7965     {
7966         int colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1;
7967
7968         dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxPENSTYLE_SOLID) );
7969         dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0, colRight, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7970         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colRight, 0 );
7971         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1,
7972                  colRight + 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7973
7974         dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7975         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7976         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
7977     }
7978
7979     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT );
7980     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7981     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7982
7983     int hAlign, vAlign, orient;
7984     GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7985     orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation();
7986
7987     rect.SetX( colLeft + 2 );
7988     rect.SetY( 2 );
7989     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 4 );
7990     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 4 );
7991     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetColLabelValue( col ), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient );
7992 }
7993
7994 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
7995                                 const wxString& value,
7996                                 const wxRect& rect,
7997                                 int horizAlign,
7998                                 int vertAlign,
7999                                 int textOrientation )
8000 {
8001     wxArrayString lines;
8002
8003     StringToLines( value, lines );
8004
8005     // Forward to new API.
8006     DrawTextRectangle( dc,
8007         lines,
8008         rect,
8009         horizAlign,
8010         vertAlign,
8011         textOrientation );
8012 }
8013
8014 // VZ: this should be replaced with wxDC::DrawLabel() to which we just have to
8015 //     add textOrientation support
8016 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle(wxDC& dc,
8017                                const wxArrayString& lines,
8018                                const wxRect& rect,
8019                                int horizAlign,
8020                                int vertAlign,
8021                                int textOrientation)
8022 {
8023     if ( lines.empty() )
8024         return;
8025
8026     wxDCClipper clip(dc, rect);
8027
8028     long textWidth,
8029          textHeight;
8030
8031     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8032         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight );
8033     else
8034         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth );
8035
8036     int x = 0,
8037         y = 0;
8038     switch ( vertAlign )
8039     {
8040         case wxALIGN_BOTTOM:
8041             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8042                 y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1);
8043             else
8044                 x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth;
8045             break;
8046
8047         case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
8048             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8049                 y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2);
8050             else
8051                 x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2);
8052             break;
8053
8054         case wxALIGN_TOP:
8055         default:
8056             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8057                 y = rect.y + 1;
8058             else
8059                 x = rect.x + 1;
8060             break;
8061     }
8062
8063     // Align each line of a multi-line label
8064     size_t nLines = lines.GetCount();
8065     for ( size_t l = 0; l < nLines; l++ )
8066     {
8067         const wxString& line = lines[l];
8068
8069         if ( line.empty() )
8070         {
8071             *(textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? &y : &x) += dc.GetCharHeight();
8072             continue;
8073         }
8074
8075         wxCoord lineWidth = 0,
8076              lineHeight = 0;
8077         dc.GetTextExtent(line, &lineWidth, &lineHeight);
8078
8079         switch ( horizAlign )
8080         {
8081             case wxALIGN_RIGHT:
8082                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8083                     x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1);
8084                 else
8085                     y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1;
8086                 break;
8087
8088             case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
8089                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8090                     x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2);
8091                 else
8092                     y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2);
8093                 break;
8094
8095             case wxALIGN_LEFT:
8096             default:
8097                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8098                     x = rect.x + 1;
8099                 else
8100                     y = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
8101                 break;
8102         }
8103
8104         if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8105         {
8106             dc.DrawText( line, x, y );
8107             y += lineHeight;
8108         }
8109         else
8110         {
8111             dc.DrawRotatedText( line, x, y, 90.0 );
8112             x += lineHeight;
8113         }
8114     }
8115 }
8116
8117 // Split multi-line text up into an array of strings.
8118 // Any existing contents of the string array are preserved.
8119 //
8120 // TODO: refactor wxTextFile::Read() and reuse the same code from here
8121 void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) const
8122 {
8123     int startPos = 0;
8124     int pos;
8125     wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix );
8126     wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix );
8127
8128     while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
8129     {
8130         pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol );
8131         if ( pos < 0 )
8132         {
8133             break;
8134         }
8135         else if ( pos == 0 )
8136         {
8137             lines.Add( wxEmptyString );
8138         }
8139         else
8140         {
8141             lines.Add( tVal.Mid(startPos, pos) );
8142         }
8143
8144         startPos += pos + 1;
8145     }
8146
8147     if ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
8148     {
8149         lines.Add( tVal.Mid( startPos ) );
8150     }
8151 }
8152
8153 void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc,
8154                              const wxArrayString& lines,
8155                              long *width, long *height ) const
8156 {
8157     wxCoord w = 0;
8158     wxCoord h = 0;
8159     wxCoord lineW = 0, lineH = 0;
8160
8161     size_t i;
8162     for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ )
8163     {
8164         dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH );
8165         w = wxMax( w, lineW );
8166         h += lineH;
8167     }
8168
8169     *width = w;
8170     *height = h;
8171 }
8172
8173 //
8174 // ------ Batch processing.
8175 //
8176 void wxGrid::EndBatch()
8177 {
8178     if ( m_batchCount > 0 )
8179     {
8180         m_batchCount--;
8181         if ( !m_batchCount )
8182         {
8183             CalcDimensions();
8184             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8185             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8186             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
8187             m_gridWin->Refresh();
8188         }
8189     }
8190 }
8191
8192 // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate
8193 // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a
8194 // BeginBatch / EndBatch block.
8195 //
8196 void wxGrid::ForceRefresh()
8197 {
8198     BeginBatch();
8199     EndBatch();
8200 }
8201
8202 bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable)
8203 {
8204     if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) )
8205         return false;
8206
8207     // redraw in the new state
8208     m_gridWin->Refresh();
8209
8210     return true;
8211 }
8212
8213 //
8214 // ------ Edit control functions
8215 //
8216
8217 void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit )
8218 {
8219     // TODO: improve this ?
8220     //
8221     if ( edit != m_editable )
8222     {
8223         if (!edit)
8224             EnableCellEditControl(edit);
8225         m_editable = edit;
8226     }
8227 }
8228
8229 void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable )
8230 {
8231     if (! m_editable)
8232         return;
8233
8234     if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8235     {
8236         if ( enable )
8237         {
8238             if (SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) <0)
8239                 return;
8240
8241             // this should be checked by the caller!
8242             wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") );
8243
8244             // do it before ShowCellEditControl()
8245             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8246
8247             ShowCellEditControl();
8248         }
8249         else
8250         {
8251             //FIXME:add veto support
8252             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN );
8253
8254             HideCellEditControl();
8255             SaveEditControlValue();
8256
8257             // do it after HideCellEditControl()
8258             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8259         }
8260     }
8261 }
8262
8263 bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const
8264 {
8265     // const_cast
8266     wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
8267     bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly();
8268     attr->DecRef();
8269
8270     return readonly;
8271 }
8272
8273 bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const
8274 {
8275     return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) &&
8276         !IsCurrentCellReadOnly();
8277 }
8278
8279 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const
8280 {
8281     // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the
8282     // current one if it's read only
8283     return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false;
8284 }
8285
8286 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const
8287 {
8288     bool isShown = false;
8289
8290     if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8291     {
8292         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8293         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8294         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8295         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col);
8296         attr->DecRef();
8297
8298         if ( editor )
8299         {
8300             if ( editor->IsCreated() )
8301             {
8302                 isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown();
8303             }
8304
8305             editor->DecRef();
8306         }
8307     }
8308
8309     return isShown;
8310 }
8311
8312 void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl()
8313 {
8314     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8315     {
8316         if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
8317         {
8318             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
8319             return;
8320         }
8321         else
8322         {
8323             wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords );
8324             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8325             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8326
8327             // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft)
8328             int cell_rows, cell_cols;
8329             GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8330             if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
8331             {
8332                 row += cell_rows;
8333                 col += cell_cols;
8334                 m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row );
8335                 m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col );
8336             }
8337
8338             // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor
8339             // might not cover the entire cell
8340             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
8341             PrepareDC( dc );
8342             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8343             dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID));
8344             dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
8345             dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
8346
8347             // convert to scrolled coords
8348             CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8349
8350             int nXMove = 0;
8351             if (rect.x < 0)
8352                 nXMove = rect.x;
8353
8354             // cell is shifted by one pixel
8355             // However, don't allow x or y to become negative
8356             // since the SetSize() method interprets that as
8357             // "don't change."
8358             if (rect.x > 0)
8359                 rect.x--;
8360             if (rect.y > 0)
8361                 rect.y--;
8362
8363             wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8364             if ( !editor->IsCreated() )
8365             {
8366                 editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY,
8367                                new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor));
8368
8369                 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(),
8370                                              wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED,
8371                                              this,
8372                                              row,
8373                                              col,
8374                                              editor->GetControl());
8375                 GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt);
8376             }
8377
8378             // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed
8379             int maxWidth = rect.width;
8380             wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col);
8381             if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) )
8382             {
8383                 int y;
8384                 GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont());
8385                 if (maxWidth < rect.width)
8386                     maxWidth = rect.width;
8387             }
8388
8389             int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
8390             if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right)
8391                 maxWidth = client_right - rect.x;
8392
8393             if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table)
8394             {
8395                 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8396                 // may have changed earlier
8397                 for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++)
8398                 {
8399                     int c_rows, c_cols;
8400                     GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols );
8401
8402                     // looks weird going over a multicell
8403                     if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) &&
8404                             (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1))
8405                     {
8406                         rect.width += GetColWidth( i );
8407                     }
8408                     else
8409                         break;
8410                 }
8411
8412                 if (rect.GetRight() > client_right)
8413                     rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 );
8414             }
8415
8416             editor->SetCellAttr( attr );
8417             editor->SetSize( rect );
8418             if (nXMove != 0)
8419                 editor->GetControl()->Move(
8420                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove,
8421                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y );
8422             editor->Show( true, attr );
8423
8424             // recalc dimensions in case we need to
8425             // expand the scrolled window to account for editor
8426             CalcDimensions();
8427
8428             editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this);
8429             editor->SetCellAttr(NULL);
8430
8431             editor->DecRef();
8432             attr->DecRef();
8433         }
8434     }
8435 }
8436
8437 void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl()
8438 {
8439     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8440     {
8441         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8442         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8443
8444         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8445         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8446         editor->Show( false );
8447         editor->DecRef();
8448         attr->DecRef();
8449
8450         m_gridWin->SetFocus();
8451
8452         // refresh whole row to the right
8453         wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) );
8454         CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8455         rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x;
8456
8457 #ifdef __WXMAC__
8458         // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well
8459         rect.Inflate(10, 10);
8460 #endif
8461
8462         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
8463     }
8464 }
8465
8466 void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue()
8467 {
8468     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8469     {
8470         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8471         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8472
8473         wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col);
8474
8475         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8476         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8477         bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this);
8478
8479         editor->DecRef();
8480         attr->DecRef();
8481
8482         if (changed)
8483         {
8484             if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE,
8485                        m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
8486                        m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < 0 )
8487             {
8488                 // Event has been vetoed, set the data back.
8489                 SetCellValue(row, col, oldval);
8490             }
8491         }
8492     }
8493 }
8494
8495 //
8496 // ------ Grid location functions
8497 //  Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of
8498 //  grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device
8499 //  coordinates for mouse events etc.
8500 //
8501
8502 void wxGrid::XYToCell( int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords ) const
8503 {
8504     int row = YToRow(y);
8505     int col = XToCol(x);
8506
8507     if ( row == -1 || col == -1 )
8508     {
8509         coords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
8510     }
8511     else
8512     {
8513         coords.Set( row, col );
8514     }
8515 }
8516
8517 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
8518 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
8519 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
8520 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
8521
8522 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
8523                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
8524                            bool clipToMinMax)
8525 {
8526     if (coord < 0)
8527         return clipToMinMax && (nMax > 0) ? 0 : -1;
8528
8529     if (!defaultDist)
8530         defaultDist = 1;
8531
8532     size_t i_max = coord / defaultDist,
8533            i_min = 0;
8534
8535     if (BorderArray.IsEmpty())
8536     {
8537         if ((int) i_max < nMax)
8538             return i_max;
8539         return clipToMinMax ? nMax - 1 : -1;
8540     }
8541
8542     if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8543     {
8544         i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8545     }
8546     else
8547     {
8548         if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8549         {
8550             i_min = i_max;
8551             if (minDist)
8552                 i_max = coord / minDist;
8553             else
8554                 i_max =  BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8555         }
8556
8557         if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8558             i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8559     }
8560
8561     if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8562         return clipToMinMax ? (int)i_max : -1;
8563     if ( coord < BorderArray[0] )
8564         return 0;
8565
8566     while ( i_max - i_min > 0 )
8567     {
8568         wxCHECK_MSG(BorderArray[i_min] <= coord && coord < BorderArray[i_max],
8569                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in CoordToRowOrCol"));
8570         if (coord >=  BorderArray[ i_max - 1])
8571             return i_max;
8572         else
8573             i_max--;
8574         int median = i_min + (i_max - i_min + 1) / 2;
8575         if (coord < BorderArray[median])
8576             i_max = median;
8577         else
8578             i_min = median;
8579     }
8580
8581     return i_max;
8582 }
8583
8584 int wxGrid::YToRow( int y ) const
8585 {
8586     return CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight,
8587                            m_minAcceptableRowHeight, m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, false);
8588 }
8589
8590 int wxGrid::XToCol( int x, bool clipToMinMax ) const
8591 {
8592     if (x < 0)
8593         return clipToMinMax && (m_numCols > 0) ? GetColAt( 0 ) : -1;
8594
8595     wxASSERT_MSG(m_defaultColWidth > 0, wxT("Default column width can not be zero"));
8596
8597     int maxPos = x / m_defaultColWidth;
8598     int minPos = 0;
8599
8600     if (m_colRights.IsEmpty())
8601     {
8602         if(maxPos < m_numCols)
8603             return GetColAt( maxPos );
8604         return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) : -1;
8605     }
8606
8607     if ( maxPos >= m_numCols)
8608         maxPos = m_numCols - 1;
8609     else
8610     {
8611         if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )])
8612         {
8613             minPos = maxPos;
8614             if (m_minAcceptableColWidth)
8615                 maxPos = x / m_minAcceptableColWidth;
8616             else
8617                 maxPos =  m_numCols - 1;
8618         }
8619         if ( maxPos >= m_numCols)
8620             maxPos = m_numCols - 1;
8621     }
8622
8623     //X is beyond the last column
8624     if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )])
8625         return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( maxPos ) : -1;
8626
8627     //X is before the first column
8628     if ( x < m_colRights[GetColAt( 0 )] )
8629         return GetColAt( 0 );
8630
8631     //Perform a binary search
8632     while ( maxPos - minPos > 0 )
8633     {
8634         wxCHECK_MSG(m_colRights[GetColAt( minPos )] <= x && x < m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )],
8635                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in XToCol"));
8636
8637         if (x >=  m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos - 1 )])
8638             return GetColAt( maxPos );
8639         else
8640             maxPos--;
8641         int median = minPos + (maxPos - minPos + 1) / 2;
8642         if (x < m_colRights[GetColAt( median )])
8643             maxPos = median;
8644         else
8645             minPos = median;
8646     }
8647     return GetColAt( maxPos );
8648 }
8649
8650 // return the row number that that the y coord is near
8651 //  the edge of, or -1 if not near an edge.
8652 // coords can only possibly be near an edge if
8653 //    (a) the row/column is large enough to still allow for an "inner" area
8654 //        that is _not_ nead the edge (i.e., if the height/width is smaller
8655 //        than WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE, coords are _never_ considered to be
8656 //        near the edge).
8657 //   and
8658 //    (b) resizing rows/columns (the thing for which edge detection is
8659 //        relevant at all) is enabled.
8660 //
8661 int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow( int y ) const
8662 {
8663     int i;
8664     i = internalYToRow(y);
8665
8666     if ( GetRowHeight(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE && CanDragRowSize() )
8667     {
8668         // We know that we are in row i, test whether we are
8669         // close enough to lower or upper border, respectively.
8670         if ( abs(GetRowBottom(i) - y) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8671             return i;
8672         else if ( i > 0 && y - GetRowTop(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8673             return i - 1;
8674     }
8675
8676     return -1;
8677 }
8678
8679 // return the col number that that the x coord is near the edge of, or
8680 // -1 if not near an edge
8681 // See comment at YToEdgeOfRow for conditions on edge detection.
8682 //
8683 int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol( int x ) const
8684 {
8685     int i;
8686     i = internalXToCol(x);
8687
8688     if ( GetColWidth(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE && CanDragColSize() )
8689     {
8690         // We know that we are in column i; test whether we are
8691         // close enough to right or left border, respectively.
8692         if ( abs(GetColRight(i) - x) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8693             return i;
8694         else if ( i > 0 && x - GetColLeft(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8695             return i - 1;
8696     }
8697
8698     return -1;
8699 }
8700
8701 wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col ) const
8702 {
8703     wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
8704
8705     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8706          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8707     {
8708         int i, cell_rows, cell_cols;
8709         rect.width = rect.height = 0;
8710         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8711         // if negative then find multicell owner
8712         if (cell_rows < 0)
8713             row += cell_rows;
8714         if (cell_cols < 0)
8715              col += cell_cols;
8716         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8717
8718         rect.x = GetColLeft(col);
8719         rect.y = GetRowTop(row);
8720         for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
8721             rect.width += GetColWidth(i);
8722         for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++)
8723             rect.height += GetRowHeight(i);
8724     }
8725
8726     // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller
8727     if (m_gridLinesEnabled)
8728     {
8729         rect.width -= 1;
8730         rect.height -= 1;
8731     }
8732
8733     return rect;
8734 }
8735
8736 bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible ) const
8737 {
8738     // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8739     //
8740     wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8741
8742     // convert to device coords
8743     //
8744     int left, top, right, bottom;
8745     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8746     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8747
8748     // check against the client area of the grid window
8749     int cw, ch;
8750     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8751
8752     if ( wholeCellVisible )
8753     {
8754         // is the cell wholly visible ?
8755         return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw &&
8756                  top >= 0 && bottom <= ch );
8757     }
8758     else
8759     {
8760         // is the cell partly visible ?
8761         //
8762         return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) &&
8763                  ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) );
8764     }
8765 }
8766
8767 // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount
8768 // of scrolling
8769 //
8770 void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col )
8771 {
8772     int i;
8773     int xpos = -1, ypos = -1;
8774
8775     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8776          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8777     {
8778         // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8779         wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8780
8781         // convert to device coords
8782         int left, top, right, bottom;
8783         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8784         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8785
8786         int cw, ch;
8787         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8788
8789         if ( top < 0 )
8790         {
8791             ypos = r.GetTop();
8792         }
8793         else if ( bottom > ch )
8794         {
8795             int h = r.GetHeight();
8796             ypos = r.GetTop();
8797             for ( i = row - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
8798             {
8799                 int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i);
8800                 if ( h + rowHeight > ch )
8801                     break;
8802
8803                 h += rowHeight;
8804                 ypos -= rowHeight;
8805             }
8806
8807             // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't
8808             // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do,
8809             // we might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn)
8810             //
8811             // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2 is not enough,
8812             // so just add a full scroll unit...
8813             ypos += m_scrollLineY;
8814         }
8815
8816         // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell!
8817         // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between
8818         // left and right part of the cell on every step!
8819 //      if ( left < 0 )
8820         if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw )
8821         {
8822             xpos = r.GetLeft();
8823         }
8824         else if ( right > cw )
8825         {
8826             // position the view so that the cell is on the right
8827             int x0, y0;
8828             CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0);
8829             xpos = x0 + (right - cw);
8830
8831             // see comment for ypos above
8832             xpos += m_scrollLineX;
8833         }
8834
8835         if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 )
8836         {
8837             if ( xpos != -1 )
8838                 xpos /= m_scrollLineX;
8839             if ( ypos != -1 )
8840                 ypos /= m_scrollLineY;
8841             Scroll( xpos, ypos );
8842             AdjustScrollbars();
8843         }
8844     }
8845 }
8846
8847 //
8848 // ------ Grid cursor movement functions
8849 //
8850
8851 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection )
8852 {
8853     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8854          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= 0 )
8855     {
8856         if ( expandSelection )
8857         {
8858             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8859                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8860             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() > 0 )
8861             {
8862                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() - 1 );
8863                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8864                                  m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8865                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8866             }
8867         }
8868         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
8869         {
8870             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1;
8871             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8872             ClearSelection();
8873             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8874             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8875         }
8876         else
8877             return false;
8878
8879         return true;
8880     }
8881
8882     return false;
8883 }
8884
8885 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection )
8886 {
8887     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8888          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows )
8889     {
8890         if ( expandSelection )
8891         {
8892             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8893                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8894             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8895             {
8896                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() + 1 );
8897                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8898                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8899                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8900             }
8901         }
8902         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8903         {
8904             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1;
8905             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8906             ClearSelection();
8907             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8908             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8909         }
8910         else
8911             return false;
8912
8913         return true;
8914     }
8915
8916     return false;
8917 }
8918
8919 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection )
8920 {
8921     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8922          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= 0 )
8923     {
8924         if ( expandSelection )
8925         {
8926             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8927                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8928             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() > 0 )
8929             {
8930                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() - 1 );
8931                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8932                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8933                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8934             }
8935         }
8936         else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) > 0 )
8937         {
8938             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8939             int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) - 1 );
8940             ClearSelection();
8941
8942             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8943             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8944         }
8945         else
8946             return false;
8947
8948         return true;
8949     }
8950
8951     return false;
8952 }
8953
8954 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection )
8955 {
8956     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8957          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols )
8958     {
8959         if ( expandSelection )
8960         {
8961             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8962                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8963             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
8964             {
8965                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() + 1 );
8966                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8967                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8968                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8969             }
8970         }
8971         else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < m_numCols - 1 )
8972         {
8973             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8974             int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) + 1 );
8975             ClearSelection();
8976
8977             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8978             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8979         }
8980         else
8981             return false;
8982
8983         return true;
8984     }
8985
8986     return false;
8987 }
8988
8989 bool wxGrid::MovePageUp()
8990 {
8991     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8992         return false;
8993
8994     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8995     if ( row > 0 )
8996     {
8997         int cw, ch;
8998         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8999
9000         int y = GetRowTop(row);
9001         int newRow = internalYToRow( y - ch + 1 );
9002
9003         if ( newRow == row )
9004         {
9005             // row > 0, so newRow can never be less than 0 here.
9006             newRow = row - 1;
9007         }
9008
9009         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9010         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9011
9012         return true;
9013     }
9014
9015     return false;
9016 }
9017
9018 bool wxGrid::MovePageDown()
9019 {
9020     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9021         return false;
9022
9023     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9024     if ( (row + 1) < m_numRows )
9025     {
9026         int cw, ch;
9027         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9028
9029         int y = GetRowTop(row);
9030         int newRow = internalYToRow( y + ch );
9031         if ( newRow == row )
9032         {
9033             // row < m_numRows, so newRow can't overflow here.
9034             newRow = row + 1;
9035         }
9036
9037         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9038         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9039
9040         return true;
9041     }
9042
9043     return false;
9044 }
9045
9046 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection )
9047 {
9048     if ( m_table &&
9049          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9050          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
9051     {
9052         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9053         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9054
9055         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9056         {
9057             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9058             // non-empty cells
9059             //
9060             while ( row > 0 )
9061             {
9062                 row--;
9063                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9064                     break;
9065             }
9066         }
9067         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row - 1, col) )
9068         {
9069             // starting at the top of a block: find the next block
9070             //
9071             row--;
9072             while ( row > 0 )
9073             {
9074                 row--;
9075                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9076                     break;
9077             }
9078         }
9079         else
9080         {
9081             // starting within a block: find the top of the block
9082             //
9083             while ( row > 0 )
9084             {
9085                 row--;
9086                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9087                 {
9088                     row++;
9089                     break;
9090                 }
9091             }
9092         }
9093
9094         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9095         if ( expandSelection )
9096         {
9097             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9098             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9099         }
9100         else
9101         {
9102             ClearSelection();
9103             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9104         }
9105
9106         return true;
9107     }
9108
9109     return false;
9110 }
9111
9112 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection )
9113 {
9114     if ( m_table &&
9115          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9116          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
9117     {
9118         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9119         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9120
9121         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9122         {
9123             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9124             // non-empty cells
9125             //
9126             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9127             {
9128                 row++;
9129                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9130                     break;
9131             }
9132         }
9133         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + 1, col) )
9134         {
9135             // starting at the bottom of a block: find the next block
9136             //
9137             row++;
9138             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9139             {
9140                 row++;
9141                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9142                     break;
9143             }
9144         }
9145         else
9146         {
9147             // starting within a block: find the bottom of the block
9148             //
9149             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9150             {
9151                 row++;
9152                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9153                 {
9154                     row--;
9155                     break;
9156                 }
9157             }
9158         }
9159
9160         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9161         if ( expandSelection )
9162         {
9163             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9164             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9165         }
9166         else
9167         {
9168             ClearSelection();
9169             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9170         }
9171
9172         return true;
9173     }
9174
9175     return false;
9176 }
9177
9178 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection )
9179 {
9180     if ( m_table &&
9181          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9182          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 )
9183     {
9184         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9185         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9186
9187         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9188         {
9189             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9190             // non-empty cells
9191             //
9192             while ( col > 0 )
9193             {
9194                 col--;
9195                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9196                     break;
9197             }
9198         }
9199         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col - 1) )
9200         {
9201             // starting at the left of a block: find the next block
9202             //
9203             col--;
9204             while ( col > 0 )
9205             {
9206                 col--;
9207                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9208                     break;
9209             }
9210         }
9211         else
9212         {
9213             // starting within a block: find the left of the block
9214             //
9215             while ( col > 0 )
9216             {
9217                 col--;
9218                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9219                 {
9220                     col++;
9221                     break;
9222                 }
9223             }
9224         }
9225
9226         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9227         if ( expandSelection )
9228         {
9229             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9230             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9231         }
9232         else
9233         {
9234             ClearSelection();
9235             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9236         }
9237
9238         return true;
9239     }
9240
9241     return false;
9242 }
9243
9244 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection )
9245 {
9246     if ( m_table &&
9247          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9248          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
9249     {
9250         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9251         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9252
9253         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9254         {
9255             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9256             // non-empty cells
9257             //
9258             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9259             {
9260                 col++;
9261                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9262                     break;
9263             }
9264         }
9265         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col + 1) )
9266         {
9267             // starting at the right of a block: find the next block
9268             //
9269             col++;
9270             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9271             {
9272                 col++;
9273                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9274                     break;
9275             }
9276         }
9277         else
9278         {
9279             // starting within a block: find the right of the block
9280             //
9281             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9282             {
9283                 col++;
9284                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9285                 {
9286                     col--;
9287                     break;
9288                 }
9289             }
9290         }
9291
9292         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9293         if ( expandSelection )
9294         {
9295             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9296             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9297         }
9298         else
9299         {
9300             ClearSelection();
9301             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9302         }
9303
9304         return true;
9305     }
9306
9307     return false;
9308 }
9309
9310 //
9311 // ------ Label values and formatting
9312 //
9313
9314 void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9315 {
9316     if ( horiz )
9317         *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign;
9318     if ( vert )
9319         *vert  = m_rowLabelVertAlign;
9320 }
9321
9322 void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9323 {
9324     if ( horiz )
9325         *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign;
9326     if ( vert )
9327         *vert  = m_colLabelVertAlign;
9328 }
9329
9330 int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation() const
9331 {
9332     return m_colLabelTextOrientation;
9333 }
9334
9335 wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) const
9336 {
9337     if ( m_table )
9338     {
9339         return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row );
9340     }
9341     else
9342     {
9343         wxString s;
9344         s << row;
9345         return s;
9346     }
9347 }
9348
9349 wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col ) const
9350 {
9351     if ( m_table )
9352     {
9353         return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col );
9354     }
9355     else
9356     {
9357         wxString s;
9358         s << col;
9359         return s;
9360     }
9361 }
9362
9363 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width )
9364 {
9365     wxASSERT( width >= 0 || width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
9366
9367     if ( width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
9368     {
9369         width = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_ROW);
9370     }
9371
9372     if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth )
9373     {
9374         if ( width == 0 )
9375         {
9376             m_rowLabelWin->Show( false );
9377             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9378         }
9379         else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 )
9380         {
9381             m_rowLabelWin->Show( true );
9382             if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 )
9383                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9384         }
9385
9386         m_rowLabelWidth = width;
9387         CalcWindowSizes();
9388         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9389     }
9390 }
9391
9392 void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height )
9393 {
9394     wxASSERT( height >=0 || height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
9395
9396     if ( height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
9397     {
9398         height = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_COLUMN);
9399     }
9400
9401     if ( height != m_colLabelHeight )
9402     {
9403         if ( height == 0 )
9404         {
9405             m_colLabelWin->Show( false );
9406             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9407         }
9408         else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 )
9409         {
9410             m_colLabelWin->Show( true );
9411             if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 )
9412                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9413         }
9414
9415         m_colLabelHeight = height;
9416         CalcWindowSizes();
9417         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9418     }
9419 }
9420
9421 void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour )
9422 {
9423     if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour )
9424     {
9425         m_labelBackgroundColour = colour;
9426         m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9427         m_colLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9428         m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9429
9430         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9431         {
9432             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9433             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9434             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
9435         }
9436     }
9437 }
9438
9439 void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour )
9440 {
9441     if ( m_labelTextColour != colour )
9442     {
9443         m_labelTextColour = colour;
9444         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9445         {
9446             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9447             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9448         }
9449     }
9450 }
9451
9452 void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font )
9453 {
9454     m_labelFont = font;
9455     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9456     {
9457         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9458         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9459     }
9460 }
9461
9462 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9463 {
9464     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9465     switch ( horiz )
9466     {
9467         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9468         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9469         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9470     }
9471
9472     switch ( vert )
9473     {
9474         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9475         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9476         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9477     }
9478
9479     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9480     {
9481         m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9482     }
9483
9484     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9485     {
9486         m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert;
9487     }
9488
9489     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9490     {
9491         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9492     }
9493 }
9494
9495 void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9496 {
9497     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9498     switch ( horiz )
9499     {
9500         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9501         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9502         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9503     }
9504
9505     switch ( vert )
9506     {
9507         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9508         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9509         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9510     }
9511
9512     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9513     {
9514         m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9515     }
9516
9517     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9518     {
9519         m_colLabelVertAlign = vert;
9520     }
9521
9522     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9523     {
9524         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9525     }
9526 }
9527
9528 // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it
9529 //       does not support vertical printing
9530 //
9531 // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD);
9532 //                      pGrid->SetLabelFont(font);
9533 //                      pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL);
9534 //
9535 void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation )
9536 {
9537     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL )
9538         m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation;
9539
9540     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9541         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9542 }
9543
9544 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s )
9545 {
9546     if ( m_table )
9547     {
9548         m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s );
9549         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9550         {
9551             wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 );
9552             if ( rect.height > 0 )
9553             {
9554                 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9555                 rect.x = 0;
9556                 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
9557                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9558             }
9559         }
9560     }
9561 }
9562
9563 void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s )
9564 {
9565     if ( m_table )
9566     {
9567         m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s );
9568         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9569         {
9570             wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col );
9571             if ( rect.width > 0 )
9572             {
9573                 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9574                 rect.y = 0;
9575                 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
9576                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9577             }
9578         }
9579     }
9580 }
9581
9582 void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour )
9583 {
9584     if ( m_gridLineColour != colour )
9585     {
9586         m_gridLineColour = colour;
9587
9588         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9589         PrepareDC( dc );
9590         DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9591     }
9592 }
9593
9594 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour )
9595 {
9596     if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour )
9597     {
9598         m_cellHighlightColour = colour;
9599
9600         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9601         PrepareDC( dc );
9602         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
9603         DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
9604         attr->DecRef();
9605     }
9606 }
9607
9608 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width)
9609 {
9610     if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width)
9611     {
9612         m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width;
9613
9614         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9615         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9616         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9617         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9618         if ( row == -1 || col == -1 || GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9619             return;
9620
9621         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9622         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9623     }
9624 }
9625
9626 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width)
9627 {
9628     if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width)
9629     {
9630         m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width;
9631
9632         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9633         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9634         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9635         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9636         if ( row == -1 || col == -1 ||
9637                 GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9638             return;
9639
9640         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9641         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9642     }
9643 }
9644
9645 void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable )
9646 {
9647     if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled )
9648     {
9649         m_gridLinesEnabled = enable;
9650
9651         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9652         {
9653             if ( enable )
9654             {
9655                 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9656                 PrepareDC( dc );
9657                 DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9658             }
9659             else
9660             {
9661                 m_gridWin->Refresh();
9662             }
9663         }
9664     }
9665 }
9666
9667 int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize() const
9668 {
9669     return m_defaultRowHeight;
9670 }
9671
9672 int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row ) const
9673 {
9674     wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") );
9675
9676     return GetRowHeight(row);
9677 }
9678
9679 int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize() const
9680 {
9681     return m_defaultColWidth;
9682 }
9683
9684 int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col ) const
9685 {
9686     wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") );
9687
9688     return GetColWidth(col);
9689 }
9690
9691 // ============================================================================
9692 // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid
9693 // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis
9694 // ============================================================================
9695
9696 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9697 // setting default attributes
9698 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9699
9700 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col )
9701 {
9702     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9703 #ifdef __WXGTK__
9704     m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9705 #endif
9706 }
9707
9708 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col )
9709 {
9710     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col);
9711 }
9712
9713 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9714 {
9715     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9716 }
9717
9718 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow )
9719 {
9720     m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow);
9721 }
9722
9723 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font )
9724 {
9725     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font);
9726 }
9727
9728 // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the
9729 // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string
9730 // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to
9731 // work correctly.
9732
9733 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
9734 {
9735     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9736                      renderer,
9737                      GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING));
9738 }
9739
9740 void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor)
9741 {
9742     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9743                      GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING),
9744                      editor);
9745 }
9746
9747 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9748 // access to the default attributes
9749 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9750
9751 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() const
9752 {
9753     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
9754 }
9755
9756 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour() const
9757 {
9758     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour();
9759 }
9760
9761 wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont() const
9762 {
9763     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont();
9764 }
9765
9766 void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9767 {
9768     m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9769 }
9770
9771 bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow() const
9772 {
9773     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow();
9774 }
9775
9776 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const
9777 {
9778     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
9779 }
9780
9781 wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const
9782 {
9783     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
9784 }
9785
9786 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9787 // access to cell attributes
9788 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9789
9790 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col) const
9791 {
9792     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9793     wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour();
9794     attr->DecRef();
9795
9796     return colour;
9797 }
9798
9799 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) const
9800 {
9801     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9802     wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour();
9803     attr->DecRef();
9804
9805     return colour;
9806 }
9807
9808 wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col ) const
9809 {
9810     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9811     wxFont font = attr->GetFont();
9812     attr->DecRef();
9813
9814     return font;
9815 }
9816
9817 void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9818 {
9819     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9820     attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9821     attr->DecRef();
9822 }
9823
9824 bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col ) const
9825 {
9826     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9827     bool allow = attr->GetOverflow();
9828     attr->DecRef();
9829
9830     return allow;
9831 }
9832
9833 void wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
9834 {
9835     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9836     attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols );
9837     attr->DecRef();
9838 }
9839
9840 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) const
9841 {
9842     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9843     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
9844     attr->DecRef();
9845
9846     return renderer;
9847 }
9848
9849 wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col) const
9850 {
9851     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9852     wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
9853     attr->DecRef();
9854
9855     return editor;
9856 }
9857
9858 bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const
9859 {
9860     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9861     bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly();
9862     attr->DecRef();
9863
9864     return isReadOnly;
9865 }
9866
9867 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9868 // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ...
9869 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9870
9871 bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes() const
9872 {
9873     if ( !m_table )
9874     {
9875         return false;
9876     }
9877
9878     return m_table->CanHaveAttributes();
9879 }
9880
9881 void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache()
9882 {
9883     if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 )
9884     {
9885         wxSafeDecRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9886         m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
9887         m_attrCache.row = -1;
9888     }
9889 }
9890
9891 void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const
9892 {
9893     if ( attr != NULL )
9894     {
9895         wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
9896
9897         self->ClearAttrCache();
9898         self->m_attrCache.row = row;
9899         self->m_attrCache.col = col;
9900         self->m_attrCache.attr = attr;
9901         wxSafeIncRef(attr);
9902     }
9903 }
9904
9905 bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const
9906 {
9907     if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col )
9908     {
9909         *attr = m_attrCache.attr;
9910         wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9911
9912 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9913         gs_nAttrCacheHits++;
9914 #endif
9915
9916         return true;
9917     }
9918     else
9919     {
9920 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9921         gs_nAttrCacheMisses++;
9922 #endif
9923
9924         return false;
9925     }
9926 }
9927
9928 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9929 {
9930     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
9931     // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for
9932     // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management.
9933     if ( row >= 0 )
9934     {
9935         if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) )
9936         {
9937             attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Any)
9938                            : (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9939             CacheAttr(row, col, attr);
9940         }
9941     }
9942
9943     if (attr)
9944     {
9945         attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9946     }
9947     else
9948     {
9949         attr = m_defaultCellAttr;
9950         attr->IncRef();
9951     }
9952
9953     return attr;
9954 }
9955
9956 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9957 {
9958     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9959     bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes();
9960
9961     wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, _T("Cell attributes not allowed"));
9962     wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, _T("must have a table") );
9963
9964     attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
9965     if ( !attr )
9966     {
9967         attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9968
9969         // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller
9970         attr->IncRef();
9971         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
9972     }
9973
9974     return attr;
9975 }
9976
9977 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9978 // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr)
9979 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9980
9981 void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col)
9982 {
9983     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL);
9984 }
9985
9986 void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col)
9987 {
9988     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER);
9989 }
9990
9991 void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision)
9992 {
9993     wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT;
9994     if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) )
9995     {
9996         typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision;
9997     }
9998
9999     SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName);
10000 }
10001
10002 void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName)
10003 {
10004     wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col );
10005     if (!attr)
10006         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
10007     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
10008     attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
10009
10010     SetColAttr(col, attr);
10011
10012 }
10013
10014 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10015 // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table
10016 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10017
10018 void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10019 {
10020     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10021     {
10022         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
10023         ClearAttrCache();
10024     }
10025     else
10026     {
10027         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10028     }
10029 }
10030
10031 void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10032 {
10033     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10034     {
10035         m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
10036         ClearAttrCache();
10037     }
10038     else
10039     {
10040         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10041     }
10042 }
10043
10044 void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10045 {
10046     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10047     {
10048         m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col);
10049         ClearAttrCache();
10050     }
10051     else
10052     {
10053         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10054     }
10055 }
10056
10057 void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
10058 {
10059     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10060     {
10061         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10062         attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour);
10063         attr->DecRef();
10064     }
10065 }
10066
10067 void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
10068 {
10069     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10070     {
10071         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10072         attr->SetTextColour(colour);
10073         attr->DecRef();
10074     }
10075 }
10076
10077 void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font )
10078 {
10079     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10080     {
10081         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10082         attr->SetFont(font);
10083         attr->DecRef();
10084     }
10085 }
10086
10087 void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert )
10088 {
10089     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10090     {
10091         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10092         attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
10093         attr->DecRef();
10094     }
10095 }
10096
10097 void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow )
10098 {
10099     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10100     {
10101         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10102         attr->SetOverflow(allow);
10103         attr->DecRef();
10104     }
10105 }
10106
10107 void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols )
10108 {
10109     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10110     {
10111         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
10112
10113         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10114         attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols);
10115         attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols);
10116         attr->DecRef();
10117
10118         // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values
10119         // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot
10120         // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr.
10121         // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn
10122         wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)),
10123                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell"));
10124         wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)),
10125                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1"));
10126
10127         // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first
10128         if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_rows > 1))
10129         {
10130             int i, j;
10131             for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
10132             {
10133                 for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
10134                 {
10135                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
10136                     {
10137                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
10138                         attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 );
10139                         attr_stub->DecRef();
10140                     }
10141                 }
10142             }
10143         }
10144
10145         // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to
10146         // negative or zero values to point back at this cell
10147         if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1))
10148         {
10149             int i, j;
10150             for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++)
10151             {
10152                 for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++)
10153                 {
10154                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
10155                     {
10156                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
10157                         attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i );
10158                         attr_stub->DecRef();
10159                     }
10160                 }
10161             }
10162         }
10163     }
10164 }
10165
10166 void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
10167 {
10168     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10169     {
10170         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10171         attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
10172         attr->DecRef();
10173     }
10174 }
10175
10176 void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
10177 {
10178     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10179     {
10180         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10181         attr->SetEditor(editor);
10182         attr->DecRef();
10183     }
10184 }
10185
10186 void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly)
10187 {
10188     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10189     {
10190         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10191         attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly);
10192         attr->DecRef();
10193     }
10194 }
10195
10196 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10197 // Data type registration
10198 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10199
10200 void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
10201                               wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
10202                               wxGridCellEditor* editor)
10203 {
10204     m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
10205 }
10206
10207
10208 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const
10209 {
10210     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10211     return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
10212 }
10213
10214 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const
10215 {
10216     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10217     return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
10218 }
10219
10220 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10221 {
10222     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10223     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10224     {
10225         wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
10226
10227         return NULL;
10228     }
10229
10230     return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index);
10231 }
10232
10233 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10234 {
10235     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10236     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10237     {
10238         wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
10239
10240         return NULL;
10241     }
10242
10243     return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index);
10244 }
10245
10246 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10247 // row/col size
10248 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10249
10250 void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable )
10251 {
10252     m_canDragRowSize = enable;
10253 }
10254
10255 void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable )
10256 {
10257     m_canDragColSize = enable;
10258 }
10259
10260 void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable )
10261 {
10262     m_canDragGridSize = enable;
10263 }
10264
10265 void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable )
10266 {
10267     m_canDragCell = enable;
10268 }
10269
10270 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows )
10271 {
10272     m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight );
10273
10274     if ( resizeExistingRows )
10275     {
10276         // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size,
10277         // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms
10278         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10279         // some speed optimisations)
10280         m_rowHeights.Empty();
10281         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
10282         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10283             CalcDimensions();
10284     }
10285 }
10286
10287 void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height )
10288 {
10289     wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") );
10290
10291     // See comment in SetColSize
10292     if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10293         return;
10294
10295     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
10296     {
10297         // need to really create the array
10298         InitRowHeights();
10299     }
10300
10301     int h = wxMax( 0, height );
10302     int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row];
10303
10304     m_rowHeights[row] = h;
10305     for ( int i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ )
10306     {
10307         m_rowBottoms[i] += diff;
10308     }
10309
10310     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10311         CalcDimensions();
10312 }
10313
10314 void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols )
10315 {
10316     // we dont allow zero default column width
10317     m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth ), 1 );
10318
10319     if ( resizeExistingCols )
10320     {
10321         // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size,
10322         // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights
10323         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10324         // some speed optimisations)
10325         m_colWidths.Empty();
10326         m_colRights.Empty();
10327         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10328             CalcDimensions();
10329     }
10330 }
10331
10332 void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width )
10333 {
10334     wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") );
10335
10336     // should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here?
10337     //                                                                 (VZ)
10338     // No, because it is reasonable to assume the library user know's
10339     // what he is doing. However we should test against the weaker
10340     // constraint of minimalAcceptableWidth, as this breaks rendering
10341     //
10342     // This test then fixes sf.net bug #645734
10343
10344     if ( width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() )
10345         return;
10346
10347     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
10348     {
10349         // need to really create the array
10350         InitColWidths();
10351     }
10352
10353     // if < 0 then calculate new width from label
10354     if ( width < 0 )
10355     {
10356         long w, h;
10357         wxArrayString lines;
10358         wxClientDC dc(m_colLabelWin);
10359         dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10360         StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines);
10361         GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
10362         width = w + 6;
10363     }
10364
10365     int w = wxMax( 0, width );
10366     int diff = w - m_colWidths[col];
10367     m_colWidths[col] = w;
10368
10369     for ( int colPos = GetColPos(col); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
10370     {
10371         m_colRights[GetColAt(colPos)] += diff;
10372     }
10373
10374     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10375         CalcDimensions();
10376 }
10377
10378 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width )
10379 {
10380     if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth())
10381     {
10382         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10383         m_colMinWidths[key] = width;
10384     }
10385 }
10386
10387 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width )
10388 {
10389     if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10390     {
10391         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10392         m_rowMinHeights[key] = width;
10393     }
10394 }
10395
10396 int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const
10397 {
10398     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10399     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key);
10400
10401     return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10402 }
10403
10404 int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const
10405 {
10406     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10407     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key);
10408
10409     return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10410 }
10411
10412 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width )
10413 {
10414     // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us
10415     // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns.
10416     if ( width >= 0 )
10417         m_minAcceptableColWidth = width;
10418 }
10419
10420 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height )
10421 {
10422     // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us
10423     // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows.
10424     if ( height >= 0 )
10425         m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height;
10426 }
10427
10428 int  wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const
10429 {
10430     return m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10431 }
10432
10433 int  wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const
10434 {
10435     return m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10436 }
10437
10438 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10439 // auto sizing
10440 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10441
10442 void
10443 wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow(int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, wxGridDirection direction)
10444 {
10445     const bool column = direction == wxGRID_COLUMN;
10446
10447     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
10448
10449     // cancel editing of cell
10450     HideCellEditControl();
10451     SaveEditControlValue();
10452
10453     // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if we only need one
10454     int row = -1,
10455         col = -1;
10456     if ( column )
10457         col = colOrRow;
10458     else
10459         row = colOrRow;
10460
10461     wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0;
10462     int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
10463     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ )
10464     {
10465         if ( column )
10466             row = rowOrCol;
10467         else
10468             col = rowOrCol;
10469
10470         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
10471         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
10472         if ( renderer )
10473         {
10474             wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col);
10475             extent = column ? size.x : size.y;
10476             if ( extent > extentMax )
10477                 extentMax = extent;
10478
10479             renderer->DecRef();
10480         }
10481
10482         attr->DecRef();
10483     }
10484
10485     // now also compare with the column label extent
10486     wxCoord w, h;
10487     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
10488
10489     if ( column )
10490     {
10491         dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h );
10492         if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL )
10493             w = h;
10494     }
10495     else
10496         dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h );
10497
10498     extent = column ? w : h;
10499     if ( extent > extentMax )
10500         extentMax = extent;
10501
10502     if ( !extentMax )
10503     {
10504         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
10505         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
10506         extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight;
10507     }
10508     else
10509     {
10510         if ( column )
10511             // leave some space around text
10512             extentMax += 10;
10513         else
10514             extentMax += 6;
10515     }
10516
10517     if ( column )
10518     {
10519         // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal width. See the
10520         // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
10521         // in SetColSize().
10522         if ( !setAsMin )
10523             extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetColMinimalWidth(col));
10524
10525         SetColSize( col, extentMax );
10526         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10527         {
10528             int cw, ch, dummy;
10529             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10530             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) );
10531             rect.y = 0;
10532             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
10533             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
10534             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
10535             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10536         }
10537     }
10538     else
10539     {
10540         // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal height. See the
10541         // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
10542         // in SetRowSize().
10543         if ( !setAsMin )
10544             extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetRowMinimalHeight(row));
10545
10546         SetRowSize(row, extentMax);
10547         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10548         {
10549             int cw, ch, dummy;
10550             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10551             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, 0 ) );
10552             rect.x = 0;
10553             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10554             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10555             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
10556             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10557         }
10558     }
10559
10560     if ( setAsMin )
10561     {
10562         if ( column )
10563             SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax);
10564         else
10565             SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax);
10566     }
10567 }
10568
10569 wxCoord wxGrid::CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGridDirection direction)
10570 {
10571     // calculate size for the rows or columns?
10572     const bool calcRows = direction == wxGRID_ROW;
10573
10574     wxClientDC dc(calcRows ? GetGridRowLabelWindow()
10575                            : GetGridColLabelWindow());
10576     dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10577
10578     // which dimension should we take into account for calculations?
10579     //
10580     // for columns, the text can be only horizontal so it's easy but for rows
10581     // we also have to take into account the text orientation
10582     const bool
10583         useWidth = calcRows || (GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL);
10584
10585     wxArrayString lines;
10586     wxCoord extentMax = 0;
10587
10588     const int numRowsOrCols = calcRows ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
10589     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < numRowsOrCols; rowOrCol++ )
10590     {
10591         lines.Clear();
10592
10593         wxString label = calcRows ? GetRowLabelValue(rowOrCol)
10594                                   : GetColLabelValue(rowOrCol);
10595         StringToLines(label, lines);
10596
10597         long w, h;
10598         GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
10599
10600         const wxCoord extent = useWidth ? w : h;
10601         if ( extent > extentMax )
10602             extentMax = extent;
10603     }
10604
10605     if ( !extentMax )
10606     {
10607         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
10608         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
10609         extentMax = calcRows ? GetDefaultRowLabelSize()
10610                              : GetDefaultColLabelSize();
10611     }
10612
10613     // leave some space around text (taken from AutoSizeColOrRow)
10614     if ( calcRows )
10615         extentMax += 10;
10616     else
10617         extentMax += 6;
10618
10619     return extentMax;
10620 }
10621
10622 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10623 {
10624     int width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10625
10626     wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
10627     if(!calcOnly)
10628         locker.Create(this);
10629
10630     for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10631     {
10632         if ( !calcOnly )
10633             AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin);
10634
10635         width += GetColWidth(col);
10636     }
10637
10638     return width;
10639 }
10640
10641 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10642 {
10643     int height = m_colLabelHeight;
10644
10645     wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
10646     if(!calcOnly)
10647         locker.Create(this);
10648
10649     for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10650     {
10651         if ( !calcOnly )
10652             AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin);
10653
10654         height += GetRowHeight(row);
10655     }
10656
10657     return height;
10658 }
10659
10660 void wxGrid::AutoSize()
10661 {
10662     wxGridUpdateLocker locker(this);
10663
10664     // we need to round up the size of the scrollable area to a multiple of
10665     // scroll step to ensure that we don't get the scrollbars when we're sized
10666     // exactly to fit our contents
10667     wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
10668                 SetOrCalcRowSizes(false) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
10669     wxSize sizeFit(GetScrollX(size.x) * GetScrollLineX(),
10670                    GetScrollY(size.y) * GetScrollLineY());
10671
10672     // distribute the extra space between the columns/rows to avoid having
10673     // extra white space
10674     wxCoord diff = sizeFit.x - size.x;
10675     if ( diff && m_numCols )
10676     {
10677         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10678         wxCoord diffPerCol = diff / m_numCols;
10679         if ( diffPerCol )
10680         {
10681             for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10682             {
10683                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + diffPerCol);
10684             }
10685         }
10686
10687         // add remaining amount to the last columns
10688         diff -= diffPerCol * m_numCols;
10689         if ( diff )
10690         {
10691             for ( int col = m_numCols - 1; col >= m_numCols - diff; col-- )
10692             {
10693                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + 1);
10694             }
10695         }
10696     }
10697
10698     // same for rows
10699     diff = sizeFit.y - size.y;
10700     if ( diff && m_numRows )
10701     {
10702         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10703         wxCoord diffPerRow = diff / m_numRows;
10704         if ( diffPerRow )
10705         {
10706             for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10707             {
10708                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + diffPerRow);
10709             }
10710         }
10711
10712         // add remaining amount to the last rows
10713         diff -= diffPerRow * m_numRows;
10714         if ( diff )
10715         {
10716             for ( int row = m_numRows - 1; row >= m_numRows - diff; row-- )
10717             {
10718                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + 1);
10719             }
10720         }
10721     }
10722
10723     // we know that we're not going to have scrollbars so disable them now to
10724     // avoid trouble in SetClientSize() which can otherwise set the correct
10725     // client size but also leave space for (not needed any more) scrollbars
10726     SetScrollbars(0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, true);
10727     SetClientSize(sizeFit.x + m_rowLabelWidth, sizeFit.y + m_colLabelHeight);
10728 }
10729
10730 void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row )
10731 {
10732     wxArrayString lines;
10733     long w, h;
10734
10735     // Hide the edit control, so it
10736     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10737     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10738     {
10739         HideCellEditControl();
10740         SaveEditControlValue();
10741     }
10742
10743     // autosize row height depending on label text
10744     StringToLines( GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines );
10745     wxClientDC dc( m_rowLabelWin );
10746     GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10747     if ( h < m_defaultRowHeight )
10748         h = m_defaultRowHeight;
10749     SetRowSize(row, h);
10750     ForceRefresh();
10751 }
10752
10753 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col )
10754 {
10755     wxArrayString lines;
10756     long w, h;
10757
10758     // Hide the edit control, so it
10759     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10760     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10761     {
10762         HideCellEditControl();
10763         SaveEditControlValue();
10764     }
10765
10766     // autosize column width depending on label text
10767     StringToLines( GetColLabelValue( col ), lines );
10768     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
10769     if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL )
10770         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10771     else
10772         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w );
10773     if ( w < m_defaultColWidth )
10774         w = m_defaultColWidth;
10775     SetColSize(col, w);
10776     ForceRefresh();
10777 }
10778
10779 wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const
10780 {
10781     wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
10782
10783     // we do the same as in AutoSize() here with the exception that we don't
10784     // change the column/row sizes, only calculate them
10785     wxSize size(self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
10786                 self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
10787     wxSize sizeFit(GetScrollX(size.x) * GetScrollLineX(),
10788                    GetScrollY(size.y) * GetScrollLineY());
10789
10790     // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to
10791     // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this
10792     // calculation.
10793     // CacheBestSize(size);
10794
10795     return wxSize(sizeFit.x + m_rowLabelWidth, sizeFit.y + m_colLabelHeight)
10796             + GetWindowBorderSize();
10797 }
10798
10799 void wxGrid::Fit()
10800 {
10801     AutoSize();
10802 }
10803
10804 wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const
10805 {
10806     return wxNullPen;
10807 }
10808
10809 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10810 // cell value accessor functions
10811 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10812
10813 void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s )
10814 {
10815     if ( m_table )
10816     {
10817         m_table->SetValue( row, col, s );
10818         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10819         {
10820             int dummy;
10821             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) );
10822             rect.x = 0;
10823             rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
10824             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10825             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
10826         }
10827
10828         if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row &&
10829              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col &&
10830              IsCellEditControlShown())
10831              // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled,
10832              // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from
10833              // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler.
10834         {
10835             HideCellEditControl();
10836             ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table
10837         }
10838     }
10839 }
10840
10841 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10842 // block, row and column selection
10843 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10844
10845 void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected )
10846 {
10847     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10848         ClearSelection();
10849
10850     if ( m_selection )
10851         m_selection->SelectRow( row, false, addToSelected );
10852 }
10853
10854 void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected )
10855 {
10856     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10857         ClearSelection();
10858
10859     if ( m_selection )
10860         m_selection->SelectCol( col, false, addToSelected );
10861 }
10862
10863 void wxGrid::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,
10864                           bool addToSelected )
10865 {
10866     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10867         ClearSelection();
10868
10869     if ( m_selection )
10870         m_selection->SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol,
10871                                   false, addToSelected );
10872 }
10873
10874 void wxGrid::SelectAll()
10875 {
10876     if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 )
10877     {
10878         if ( m_selection )
10879             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
10880     }
10881 }
10882
10883 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10884 // cell, row and col deselection
10885 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10886
10887 void wxGrid::DeselectRow( int row )
10888 {
10889     if ( !m_selection )
10890         return;
10891
10892     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
10893     {
10894         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, 0 ) )
10895             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, 0);
10896     }
10897     else
10898     {
10899         int nCols = GetNumberCols();
10900         for ( int i = 0; i < nCols; i++ )
10901         {
10902             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, i ) )
10903                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, i);
10904         }
10905     }
10906 }
10907
10908 void wxGrid::DeselectCol( int col )
10909 {
10910     if ( !m_selection )
10911         return;
10912
10913     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
10914     {
10915         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(0, col ) )
10916             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(0, col);
10917     }
10918     else
10919     {
10920         int nRows = GetNumberRows();
10921         for ( int i = 0; i < nRows; i++ )
10922         {
10923             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(i, col ) )
10924                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(i, col);
10925         }
10926     }
10927 }
10928
10929 void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col )
10930 {
10931     if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) )
10932         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col);
10933 }
10934
10935 bool wxGrid::IsSelection() const
10936 {
10937     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() ||
10938              ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
10939                m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) );
10940 }
10941
10942 bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const
10943 {
10944     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) ||
10945              ( row >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() &&
10946                col >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() &&
10947                row <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow() &&
10948                col <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol() )) );
10949 }
10950
10951 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const
10952 {
10953     if (!m_selection)
10954     {
10955         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10956         return a;
10957     }
10958
10959     return m_selection->m_cellSelection;
10960 }
10961
10962 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const
10963 {
10964     if (!m_selection)
10965     {
10966         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10967         return a;
10968     }
10969
10970     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft;
10971 }
10972
10973 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const
10974 {
10975     if (!m_selection)
10976     {
10977         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10978         return a;
10979     }
10980
10981     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight;
10982 }
10983
10984 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const
10985 {
10986     if (!m_selection)
10987     {
10988         wxArrayInt a;
10989         return a;
10990     }
10991
10992     return m_selection->m_rowSelection;
10993 }
10994
10995 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const
10996 {
10997     if (!m_selection)
10998     {
10999         wxArrayInt a;
11000         return a;
11001     }
11002
11003     return m_selection->m_colSelection;
11004 }
11005
11006 void wxGrid::ClearSelection()
11007 {
11008     m_selectingTopLeft =
11009     m_selectingBottomRight =
11010     m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
11011     if ( m_selection )
11012         m_selection->ClearSelection();
11013 }
11014
11015 // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block
11016 // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window.
11017 //
11018 wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
11019                                   const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight ) const
11020 {
11021     wxRect resultRect;
11022     wxRect tempCellRect = CellToRect(topLeft);
11023     if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
11024     {
11025         resultRect = tempCellRect;
11026     }
11027     else
11028     {
11029         resultRect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
11030     }
11031
11032     tempCellRect = CellToRect(bottomRight);
11033     if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
11034     {
11035         resultRect += tempCellRect;
11036     }
11037     else
11038     {
11039         // If both inputs were "wxGridNoCellRect," then there's nothing to do.
11040         return wxGridNoCellRect;
11041     }
11042
11043     // Ensure that left/right and top/bottom pairs are in order.
11044     int left = resultRect.GetLeft();
11045     int top = resultRect.GetTop();
11046     int right = resultRect.GetRight();
11047     int bottom = resultRect.GetBottom();
11048
11049     int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol();
11050     int topRow = topLeft.GetRow();
11051     int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol();
11052     int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow();
11053
11054     if (left > right)
11055     {
11056         int tmp = left;
11057         left = right;
11058         right = tmp;
11059
11060         tmp = leftCol;
11061         leftCol = rightCol;
11062         rightCol = tmp;
11063     }
11064
11065     if (top > bottom)
11066     {
11067         int tmp = top;
11068         top = bottom;
11069         bottom = tmp;
11070
11071         tmp = topRow;
11072         topRow = bottomRow;
11073         bottomRow = tmp;
11074     }
11075
11076     // The following loop is ONLY necessary to detect and handle merged cells.
11077     int cw, ch;
11078     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
11079
11080     // Get the origin coordinates: notice that they will be negative if the
11081     // grid is scrolled downwards/to the right.
11082     int gridOriginX = 0;
11083     int gridOriginY = 0;
11084     CalcScrolledPosition(gridOriginX, gridOriginY, &gridOriginX, &gridOriginY);
11085
11086     int onScreenLeftmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX);
11087     int onScreenUppermostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY);
11088
11089     int onScreenRightmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX + cw);
11090     int onScreenBottommostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY + ch);
11091
11092     // Bound our loop so that we only examine the portion of the selected block
11093     // that is shown on screen. Therefore, we compare the Top-Left block values
11094     // to the Top-Left screen values, and the Bottom-Right block values to the
11095     // Bottom-Right screen values, choosing appropriately.
11096     const int visibleTopRow = wxMax(topRow, onScreenUppermostRow);
11097     const int visibleBottomRow = wxMin(bottomRow, onScreenBottommostRow);
11098     const int visibleLeftCol = wxMax(leftCol, onScreenLeftmostCol);
11099     const int visibleRightCol = wxMin(rightCol, onScreenRightmostCol);
11100
11101     for ( int j = visibleTopRow; j <= visibleBottomRow; j++ )
11102     {
11103         for ( int i = visibleLeftCol; i <= visibleRightCol; i++ )
11104         {
11105             if ( (j == visibleTopRow) || (j == visibleBottomRow) ||
11106                     (i == visibleLeftCol) || (i == visibleRightCol) )
11107             {
11108                 tempCellRect = CellToRect( j, i );
11109
11110                 if (tempCellRect.x < left)
11111                     left = tempCellRect.x;
11112                 if (tempCellRect.y < top)
11113                     top = tempCellRect.y;
11114                 if (tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width > right)
11115                     right = tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width;
11116                 if (tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height > bottom)
11117                     bottom = tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height;
11118             }
11119             else
11120             {
11121                 i = visibleRightCol; // jump over inner cells.
11122             }
11123         }
11124     }
11125
11126     // Convert to scrolled coords
11127     CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top );
11128     CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom );
11129
11130     if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch)
11131         return wxRect(0,0,0,0);
11132
11133     resultRect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) );
11134     resultRect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) );
11135     resultRect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) );
11136     resultRect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) );
11137
11138     return resultRect;
11139 }
11140
11141 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11142 // drop target
11143 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11144
11145 #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
11146
11147 // this allow setting drop target directly on wxGrid
11148 void wxGrid::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *dropTarget)
11149 {
11150     GetGridWindow()->SetDropTarget(dropTarget);
11151 }
11152
11153 #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
11154
11155 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11156 // grid event classes
11157 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11158
11159 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11160
11161 wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11162                           int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel,
11163                           bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11164         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11165 {
11166     m_row = row;
11167     m_col = col;
11168     m_x = x;
11169     m_y = y;
11170     m_selecting = sel;
11171     m_control = control;
11172     m_shift = shift;
11173     m_alt = alt;
11174     m_meta = meta;
11175
11176     SetEventObject(obj);
11177 }
11178
11179
11180 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11181
11182 wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11183                                   int rowOrCol, int x, int y,
11184                                   bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11185         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11186 {
11187     m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol;
11188     m_x = x;
11189     m_y = y;
11190     m_control = control;
11191     m_shift = shift;
11192     m_alt = alt;
11193     m_meta = meta;
11194
11195     SetEventObject(obj);
11196 }
11197
11198
11199 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11200
11201 wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11202                                                const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
11203                                                const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
11204                                                bool sel, bool control,
11205                                                bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11206         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11207 {
11208     m_topLeft = topLeft;
11209     m_bottomRight = bottomRight;
11210     m_selecting = sel;
11211     m_control = control;
11212     m_shift = shift;
11213     m_alt = alt;
11214     m_meta = meta;
11215
11216     SetEventObject(obj);
11217 }
11218
11219
11220 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent)
11221
11222 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type,
11223                                                    wxObject* obj, int row,
11224                                                    int col, wxControl* ctrl)
11225     : wxCommandEvent(type, id)
11226 {
11227     SetEventObject(obj);
11228     m_row = row;
11229     m_col = col;
11230     m_ctrl = ctrl;
11231 }
11232
11233 #endif // wxUSE_GRID